FleetPilot 2.0 manual

User manual

FleetPilot 2.0 · VTC and taxi fleets

Every kilometre counts. Vehicles and licences, rota and working time, each platform’s earnings attributed to whoever was driving, payroll with the collective-agreement variable pay, owner settlements, fines, discrepancies and compliance, explained section by section with screenshots of the app.

36 chapters 252 annotated screenshots Updated 10 October 2026

Getting started

Welcome

What FleetPilot is, the demo's VTC and taxi fleet manager, how the app is organised, how a month's work fits together (from the car and its licence to the owner's invoice), the idea that ties it all together —every event, to whoever had the car— and how to get the most out of this manual.

Who uses it: Everyone who uses FleetPilotAccess: none

FleetPilot 2.0 is the management app for a VTC and taxi fleet: the private hire cars with driver that work with Uber, Bolt, Cabify or FREENOW and the taxis managed for their licence holders. Its motto sums it up: «Every kilometre counts». It brings together in one place what a fleet manager usually has spread across spreadsheets, each platform's dashboard, the payroll agency's emails and the fines folder:

  • the fleet: each vehicle with its VTC licence or taxi licence, MOT, insurance, workshop, claims and inspections;
  • the people: drivers with their contract, qualifications and working-time record, the shift rota and who has each car at each moment;
  • the finances: each platform's production attributed to whoever was driving, payroll with the collective-agreement variable pay, expenses, fuel cards, cash, the monthly settlement with each owner and invoicing;
  • control: fines with the driver identified on time, discrepancies between what the platforms, GPS, cards and shifts say, each car's and driver's compliance, and reports;
  • and two portals: My shift, the driver's on the phone, and My investment, the owner's.

A few terms that appear from the start: VTC is Spanish private hire with driver (the licence of Uber or Cabify cars); the owner is whoever provides the car and the licence —self-employed or a company— and is usually the employer of their drivers; the fleet manager is the company that runs everything on the owners' behalf and charges them a management fee. All acronyms are in the Glossary.

FleetPilot right after signing in, with the administrator's account: the sidebar with the sections, the top bar and the Dashboard, with «Your day» at the top. 1234567
Figure 1. FleetPilot right after signing in, with the administrator's account: the sidebar with the sections, the top bar and the Dashboard, with «Your day» at the top.
  1. 1
    The sidebar leads to each section, grouped by area: General, Operations, Fleet, People, Finance and Control. Only those your profile allows appear.
  2. 2
    The search finds a number plate, a driver, a fine, an invoice or an owner from any screen (also with ⌘K or Ctrl+K).
  3. 3
    Create creates a booking, an assignment, an incident, an expense, a fine… without leaving where you are.
  4. 4
    The bell with your notifications: the fine to identify, the urgent incident, what is expiring… (see Notifications).
  5. 5
    Your user: your profile, language and theme, notification settings, the Claude connection and sign-out; for the administrator, also Users, Settings and Audit log.
  6. 6
    Your day: what is on your plate today according to your profile, first of all (see Dashboard).
  7. 7
    The Help menu opens this manual —at the chapter for the screen you are on— and the screen's help.

#The demo fleet manager

The screenshots in this manual come from the demo of Alcora Movilidad, S.L., a fictitious fleet manager based in Getafe (Madrid) with a branch in Málaga. Its figures are those of a mid-sized fleet manager:

In the demo
Owners About 18, half companies and half individuals (investors with one to three cars). Alcora itself is one of them (T-001), and Lucía Romero Paredes (T-004), with three VTC cars, has an account on the owner's portal
Vehicles About 70: just over 60 VTC cars with their licence —ten of them in Málaga— and 6 taxis of Madrid licence holders. Almost all hybrid or electric (ECO or ZERO label)
Drivers About 190: some 160 under contract —most of them regular drivers of a car on the day or night shift and around thirty relief drivers, who cover days off and absences—, about ten candidates in the pool and the leavers
Shifts Day (6:00–16:00), night (16:00–2:00) and full for VTC; the taxi's own day and night shifts
Production About 90,000 trips since 1 September, half from Uber and the rest from Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW, street hails, the taxi dispatch radio and direct services for business clients

Each office person has their own account with a different profile: the managing director (administrator), the general manager, the traffic manager, the Málaga branch manager, HR, administration and finance, fleet and workshop, the external payroll agency and an auditor; and, in their portals, a driver and an owner (see Signing in to FleetPilot).

#How the app is organised

The sidebar groups the sections by area, in the order a fleet manager works: today, the street, the cars, the people, the money and control. Each section is a chapter of this manual with the same name and icon.

Area Sections What for
General Dashboard · My shift · My investment Today's picture; the driver's and owner's portals
Operations Rota · Bookings · Live map · Incidents Who has each car and when, pre-booked services, where the fleet is and what happens on the street
Fleet Vehicles · Licences · Workshop · Claims · Insurance Each car with its licence, maintenance, knocks and policies
People Drivers · Working time Contracts, qualifications and the working-time record
Finance Production · Payroll · Expenses · Fuel cards · Cash · Owners · Invoicing What comes in, what goes out and what is shared out
Control Fines · Discrepancies · Compliance · Reports Deadlines, cross-checks, obligations and analysis
Administration Users · Settings · Audit log Who signs in and what they see, the company's parameters and integrations, and the change log. On a computer they are in the user menu; on the phone, at the end of the sections drawer

#A month's work in FleetPilot

This is how the fleet manager's work fits together over a month. Each step is a section of the app and a chapter of this manual (tap any of them to go there):

  1. 1Vehicle and licenceThe owner's car, with its MOT and insurance, assigned to its VTC licence or taxi licence.
  2. 2Assignment in the rotaOne regular driver per shift, with their day off; relief drivers cover the gaps.
  3. 3Working timeThe driver clocks in from My shift; the record cannot be altered.
  4. 4Attributed tripsTrips from Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW and the taxi, each to whoever had the car.
  5. 5PayrollThe collective-agreement variable pay with the driver's own production and deductions.
  6. 6Owner settlementRevenue minus costs minus the management fee, car by car.
  7. 7InvoiceThe management invoice to the owner, chained as VeriFactu requires.
A month's cycle. Fines, refuels, journeys and cash follow the same path: they are attributed to whoever was driving, and Discrepancies and Compliance make sure everything adds up.

#Every event, to whoever had the car

The idea that ties the whole app together is attribution: every trip, every card refuel, every GPS journey and every fine is assigned to the driver who had the car at that moment. Not the car's «usual» driver or whoever had it at the end of the month, but the one at that exact moment, according to the rota:

  • the day's cover (the relief driver or colleague who did that shift) overrides the regular assignment;
  • each assignment applies from its start time and until its end time, without including it: the minute it ends already belongs to the next one;
  • what cannot be attributed (a car with nobody assigned, a trip outside any shift) stays unassigned, with its reason, for someone to review in Production.

From this come each driver's payslip (with their trips only, never counting the same one twice), the fine proposed for identification, the cash they must deposit and their production per hour. That is why it is so important to keep the Rota up to date.

#What FleetPilot checks for you

The important rules do not depend on someone remembering them: they are enforced by the database, the same for the app, for the driver's phone and for Claude. If something breaks a rule, it is not saved and FleetPilot says why.

  • Permissions. Each person sees the sections, data and buttons of their access profile. What is not theirs to see —an amount, an IBAN, sick leave, the car's position— never even reaches their screen: a padlock appears.
  • Branches. Whoever works in one branch only sees their branch: the Málaga manager does not see Madrid's cars or drivers, nor do they count in his totals.
  • Rules of the trade. A driver cannot have two cars at once, nor a car two drivers on the same shift; to assign a car you need a contract in force with its owner, and MOT and insurance in force. Clock-ins are never deleted or changed: a correction is a new clock-in with its reason, and all are chained with a digital fingerprint. An issued invoice is not modified: it is corrected. A closed payslip is no longer recalculated.
  • Deadlines. A fine counts down its 20 days to identify the driver, MOT and insurance warn before they expire, cash not deposited raises an alert after a few days.

The detail of each rule is in its section's chapter; profiles and branches, in Profiles, permissions and branches.

#Where to start depending on your job

These are the chapters you will use most depending on your job (in brackets, the demo account with that profile):

If you are… Start with And then
Leadership (Alba, administrator) Dashboard, Compliance Users, Settings, Reports
Management (Ricardo) Dashboard, Reports Production, Owners, Payroll
Traffic (Nuria) Rota, Dashboard Bookings, Fines, Discrepancies, Incidents
Branch (Sergio, Málaga) Dashboard, Rota The same as traffic, only with his branch
Human resources (Marta) Drivers, Working time Payroll, Claims (debt acknowledgements), Fines
Administration and finance (Javier) Expenses, Cash Fuel cards, Owners, Invoicing, Production
Fleet and workshop (Pablo) Vehicles, Workshop Licences, Claims, Insurance
Driver (Andrés) My shift —
Owner (Lucía) My investment —
Payroll agency (Elena) Drivers, Payroll Working time
Audit (Carlos) Compliance, Working time Licences, Vehicles

If it is your first time, read Signing in to FleetPilot and The screen and what is common first: they cover what works the same in every section (searching, filtering, opening a record, filling in a form).

#On the computer and on the phone

FleetPilot runs in the browser, with nothing to install, and adapts to the screen size. On the phone, the sidebar hides in a drawer and lists turn into cards. The driver has their own portal, My shift, designed for the phone: clock in, check the car, see earnings so far and sign their documents.

Nuria's Dashboard, the traffic manager, on the phone. 12
Figure 2. Nuria's Dashboard, the traffic manager, on the phone.
  1. 1
    The menu opens the drawer with the sections.
  2. 2
    Your day and, below, the dashboard blocks one after another.
My shift, the portal of Andrés, a driver, full screen. 12
Figure 3. My shift, the portal of Andrés, a driver, full screen.
  1. 1
    No sidebar: the driver only has their portal, with help, their notifications, the language and their menu.
  2. 2
    Their tabs: today, earnings, requests, signatures and working time (see My shift).

#How to read this manual

  • Screenshots with marks. Every screenshot is of the real app. The numbers 1 point to the parts explained below, in the legend. Hover over a mark or its line in the legend and the area is highlighted in the screenshot; tap the screenshot to see it full screen.
  • Screen labels. What you see written on a button, a tab or a field appears like this: Create, Save. Keys, like this: ⌘K.
  • Steps. Tasks are explained step by step in numbered boxes, with what happens at the end.
  • Coloured boxes. Tips in green; important points in amber; regulations (with the rule and its article) with a band on the left; how a figure is calculated, with a worked example; examples with the demo data; and what changes depending on your access profile, with a padlock.
  • Acronyms. Those of the trade (VTC, ROTT, ITV, DGT, DEV, SOV, RC, RD, NAF, CCC, ZBE, PMR…) are explained the first time they appear in each chapter and are all in the Glossary.
  • Search. The search box on the left (or the / key) finds any word in the whole manual.
  • Print. Print or save as PDF, bottom left, produces the manual on paper or as a PDF, each chapter on its own page.

#How this manual is organised

After these first steps, each chapter matches a section of the sidebar, in the same order and with the same icon. At the end, the appendices: profiles and permissions, the Claude connector, integrations, regulations and the glossary.

Getting started

Signing in to FleetPilot

How to sign in with your account, the demo's eleven accounts, the video and documents on the sign-in screen, your user menu and «My profile» (language and theme), dark mode, the driver's and owner's portals and how to sign out.

Who uses it: Everyone who uses FleetPilotAccess: none: each person signs in with their email and password

Each person signs in to FleetPilot with their own user: an email and a password. What they see afterwards is decided by three things, configured by an administrator in Users:

  • their access profile (management, traffic manager, human resources, administration, workshop and fleet, payroll agency…): the sidebar sections, the data they can look at (amounts, personal data, location…) and what they can create or change;
  • their branches: all, or only the branch they work at (the Málaga manager only sees Málaga);
  • the linked person, for a driver or an owner: their user opens their portal directly, My shift or My investment, and they only see their own data.

There is no self-registration: accounts are created by an administrator.

  1. 1The administrator creates your userWith your email, name, job title and a password.
  2. 2They assign your profile and branchesWhich sections and data you see, what you can do and for which branch; for a driver or owner, your record.
  3. 3You sign in with your emailOn the sign-in screen, with your password.
  4. 4You start on your screenThe Dashboard with your profile's blocks; the driver and the owner, in their portal.

#The sign-in screen

The sign-in screen on a computer: on the left, FleetPilot's presentation with its video and the proposal documents; on the right, the sign-in form and the demo accounts. 12345678
Figure 4. The sign-in screen on a computer: on the left, FleetPilot's presentation with its video and the proposal documents; on the right, the sign-in form and the demo accounts.
  1. 1
    Email: the address the administrator registered you with.
  2. 2
    Password. The eye on the right shows or hides it as you type.
  3. 3
    Sign in (or the Enter key in the password) opens FleetPilot.
  4. 4
    Demo accounts: in the demo, one click on a person signs in directly with their account.
  5. 5
    The presentation video: about five minutes on what FleetPilot does. Tap ▶ to watch it (best with sound).
  6. 6
    Explore the proposal: the specifications, the presentation and the proposal as a PDF.
  7. 7
    The app's language (Spanish or English), already from the sign-in screen.
  8. 8
    Switches between light and dark mode.

Below the accounts, a notice reminds you that the company, owners, drivers, vehicles and trips are fictitious and that the integrations run in simulated mode. A click on the FleetPilot logo opens its presentation website. On narrow screens (a phone or a small window) the presentation on the left disappears: the form remains with the logo on top and, below the accounts, the video and the documents.

How to sign in with your account
  1. Type your email in the Email field.

  2. Type your password in Password. To check what you have typed, tap the eye on the right.

  3. Tap Sign in or press Enter.

FleetPilot opens on the Dashboard, or on your profile's first section if you have no Dashboard (the payroll agency goes into Drivers; the auditor, into Vehicles). The driver and the owner go straight into their portal. The session is kept even if you close the tab or reload the page, until you sign out. Every sign-in and sign-out is recorded in the Audit log.
If the email or password is wrong, FleetPilot says so below the form. 1
Figure 5. If the email or password is wrong, FleetPilot says so below the form.
  1. 1
    Invalid username or password: check both fields (capitals count in the password). If the message is «Could not connect to the server», the problem is the connection, not your details.

#The demo accounts

In the demo, the eleven people of the sample fleet manager, Alcora Movilidad, S.L., appear below the form. Each has a different access profile, so you see the same app as each job would see it. One click on any of them signs in directly; if you prefer to type it, the email is the first name followed by @fleetpilot.demo (for example, nuria@fleetpilot.demo) and everyone's password is demo1234.

Person (user) Profile What they see, in short
Alba Ferrer Quintana (alba) Administrator · managing director Everything, with all amounts and data, plus Users, Settings (with Integrations) and Audit log. She does not have the portals, which belong to a person
Ricardo Pardo Velasco (ricardo) Management All management sections and both branches, with revenue, costs, payroll and settlements. He consults everything; he closes payroll, settles owners and resolves discrepancies, but does not edit day-to-day work
Nuria Campos Rey (nuria) Traffic manager Operations: rota and assignments, bookings, live map, incidents, vehicles, drivers (no personal or bank data), working time, production with revenue, cards, cash, fines (she identifies the driver) and discrepancies. No costs or payroll
Sergio Molina Haro (sergio) Branch manager The same as traffic, but only for the Málaga branch
Marta Iglesias Soto (marta) Human resources Drivers with personal, bank and health data, contracts, working time, absences, payroll, debt acknowledgements and charging of fines; data protection in Compliance
Javier Ortega Lobo (javier) Administration Expenses, cards, cash, production (imports and platform payouts), owners and their settlements, invoicing and insurance, with revenue, costs and settlements
Pablo Herrera Gil (pablo) Workshop and fleet Vehicles, licences, workshop, claims, insurance, incidents and live map, with maintenance costs; no revenue
Andrés Villalba Ruiz (andres) Driver (C-0007) Only My shift, full screen: his car and shift, clocking in, his production, payslip, expenses and signatures
Lucía Romero Paredes (lucia) Owner (T-004) Only My investment: her three cars, her drivers, her settlements and invoices
Elena Navas Prieto (elena) Payroll agency Drivers, working time and payroll with personal and bank data, to consult and export. No Dashboard: she goes into Drivers
Carlos Bermejo Llorente (carlos) Auditor Read-only vehicles, licences, insurance, drivers, working time and compliance, with export and the change audit. No Dashboard: he goes into Vehicles

What each profile allows exactly, switch by switch, is in Profiles, permissions and branches; how what a profile cannot see shows on screen (a padlock instead of the data), in The screen and what is common.

#The video and the proposal documents

The presentation on the left has a video of about five minutes explaining what FleetPilot does. Tap ▶ to watch it, best with sound; the full-screen button enlarges it.

Below, the Explore the proposal block gathers three documents from City Scape Ventures S.L. about FleetPilot, meant for whoever is evaluating it:

  • Specification — every feature, section by section. Opens in another tab.
  • Presentation — the key processes, animated. Opens in another tab.
  • Proposal · PDF — a four-page summary that is downloaded to your device.

All three are in Spanish even when the app is in English.

#If you forget your password

The sign-in screen has no link to recover the password: accounts are managed by an administrator. Ask them to open your record in Users and set a new password with Reset (at least 8 characters; FleetPilot can generate one). They must give it to you securely; the old one stops working immediately. If an administrator deactivates your user, you can no longer sign in, but your name is kept on what you signed, recorded or approved.

#Your user menu

At the top right is your user button: your initials, your name and your access (your profile's name or «Administrator»). Tapping it opens your menu, with your name and email at the top. To its left, the bell with your notifications (see Notifications).

The administrator's menu. 12345
Figure 6. The administrator's menu.
  1. 1
    My profile: your details, language and theme.
  2. 2
    Notification settings: which notifications reach your bell and which also arrive by email (see Notifications).
  3. 3
    Connect to Claude: work with FleetPilot from a chat with Claude, as you and with your permissions (see Connect to Claude).
  4. 4
    Administration: Users only for administrators; Settings for the administrator (all of it) and whoever can sync integrations (only its tab); Audit log, for whoever has its permission.
  5. 5
    Sign out takes you back to the sign-in screen.
The menu of Marta, from human resources: no administration options. 1
Figure 7. The menu of Marta, from human resources: no administration options.
  1. 1
    A non-administrator has My profile, Notification settings, Connect to Claude and Sign out.
The «My profile» dialog. 12345
Figure 8. The «My profile» dialog.
  1. 1
    Job title: your position at the fleet manager, as recorded by the administrator.
  2. 2
    Access: «Administrator» or your access profiles. If you have several, they are joined with «+».
  3. 3
    Language: ES (Spanish) or EN (English). It changes the whole app at once.
  4. 4
    Theme: light (the sun), «System» (whatever your computer or phone uses) or dark (the moon).
  5. 5
    Close the dialog: the changes are already applied.
How to change the language or theme from «My profile»
  1. Tap your user button, top right, and choose My profile.

  2. In Language, tap ES or EN.

  3. In Theme, tap the sun (light), the automatic icon («System») or the moon (dark).

  4. Tap Close.

«My profile» does not let you change your name, job title or password: an administrator does that in Users. The other two menu options have their own chapter: notification settings, in Notifications, and Connect to Claude, in Connect to Claude.

#Language and dark mode

On a computer the language and theme are also in the top bar, one click away: the globe with the language letters opens the list of languages, and the moon switches to dark mode (in dark mode, the sun goes back to light). Only the app changes: the data (names, number plates, expense descriptions…) is not translated.

The language selector in the top bar. 12
Figure 9. The language selector in the top bar.
  1. 1
    The globe, with the current language.
  2. 2
    Spanish and English; the tick shows the one in use.
The Dashboard in dark mode. 1
Figure 10. The Dashboard in dark mode.
  1. 1
    In dark mode, the sun goes back to light.

#Full-screen portals

The driver and the owner have no management sections: their profile only has their portal, so FleetPilot opens it full screen, with no sidebar, as soon as they sign in. At the top, a header with the logo, the portal's name, Help, the notifications bell, the language and their menu. Each portal has its own chapter: My shift and My investment.

My investment, the portal of Lucía Romero (owner T-004), full screen. 1234
Figure 11. My investment, the portal of Lucía Romero (owner T-004), full screen.
  1. 1
    The portal's header: the logo and the name, instead of the sidebar.
  2. 2
    On the right, Help (also with F1), her notifications, the language and her menu.
  3. 3
    The parts of the portal: summary, vehicles, settlements, fleet and documents. Lucía only sees her cars and her drivers.
  4. 4
    What awaits her answer: here, the September settlement, issued and awaiting her approval (see My investment).
My shift, the portal of Andrés (driver C-0007), on the phone. 12
Figure 12. My shift, the portal of Andrés (driver C-0007), on the phone.
  1. 1
    On the phone, the header keeps only the icons: help, notifications, language and his menu.
  2. 2
    The greeting with the date; below, what he has pending (signatures, a fine) and the clock-in.
The portal menu. 12
Figure 13. The portal menu.
  1. 1
    Notification settings: which notifications he wants and whether also by email.
  2. 2
    Sign out. The portals have no «My profile»: the language is in the header.

If a profile has My shift or My investment as well as other sections, the portal opens from the sidebar like any other section; on the phone it opens full screen, with an Exit button to go back to the rest of the app. The administrator does not have the portals: they belong to a specific person (the driver or owner linked to that user).

#Signing out

How to sign out
  1. Tap your user button, top right (in the portals, your avatar).

  2. Choose Sign out, at the end of the menu.

You return to the sign-in screen and the sign-out is recorded in the Audit log. Always sign out on a shared computer or tablet: otherwise the session stays open even if you close the tab.

#If your user has no access profile

A user who is not an administrator needs at least one access profile to see anything. If an administrator creates your account without a profile (or removes all of them), on signing in you will see the No access profile screen, with the logo, a padlock and the text «Your user has no access profile assigned, so it cannot see anything yet. Ask an administrator to assign one.», your email and the Sign out button. When the administrator assigns you a profile, sign in again.

#Signing in from the phone or tablet

The sign-in screen on a phone: the form and, below, the demo accounts. 12
Figure 14. The sign-in screen on a phone: the form and, below, the demo accounts.
  1. 1
    The same form: email, password and Sign in.
  2. 2
    The demo accounts, in one column. Scroll down to see the rest, the video and the proposal documents.

FleetPilot works the same in a phone's or tablet's browser. If you are going to use it often —the driver to clock in, the traffic manager away from the office—, add it to the home screen from the browser menu («Add to home screen»): it will open like any other app. It needs an internet connection.

Getting started

The screen and what is common

The parts of the screen and everything that works the same in every section: the sidebar, the search, the Create button, help, the notifications bell, lists, records with their documents and changes, forms, the ⓘ, what your profile hides, direct links and the phone and tablet version.

Who uses it: Everyone who uses FleetPilotAccess: none; what you see depends on your access profile and your branches

Every FleetPilot section shares the same structure and the same pieces: the sidebar to move around, the top bar with the search and the create button, lists that are searched and filtered the same way, records that open on the right with their documents and changes, and forms with the same buttons. What you learn here works on any screen.

The exceptions are the driver's and owner's portals, My shift and My investment, which open full screen with no sidebar (see Signing in to FleetPilot).

#The parts of the screen

The FleetPilot screen: sidebar on the left, top bar at the top and, below, the section's content (here, Vehicles). 1234
Figure 15. The FleetPilot screen: sidebar on the left, top bar at the top and, below, the section's content (here, Vehicles).
  1. 1
    Sidebar: the sections, grouped by area. The section you are in is highlighted.
  2. 2
    The Help menu, fixed at the bottom: this manual and the screen's help.
  3. 3
    Top bar: the section's title and the tools that work on any screen (details below).
  4. 4
    The section's content; it changes when you choose another one in the sidebar.
The left part of the top bar. 12
Figure 16. The left part of the top bar.
  1. 1
    The title of the section you are in.
  2. 2
    The global search: tap it or use ⌘K (Mac) / Ctrl+K (Windows).
The right part of the top bar. 123456
Figure 17. The right part of the top bar.
  1. 1
    Help for the screen you are on (also with the F1 key).
  2. 2
    Create: creates a booking, an assignment, an incident, an expense, a fine… from any screen.
  3. 3
    Language: Spanish or English.
  4. 4
    Theme: the moon switches to dark mode; in dark mode, the sun goes back to light.
  5. 5
    The bell with your notifications; if you have unread ones, a red number on top (see Notifications).
  6. 6
    Your user menu, with your name and access profile below (see Signing in to FleetPilot).

#The sidebar

Sections are grouped by area, in the order a fleet manager works. You only see those your access profile allows: whoever runs the workshop does not get Payroll or Invoicing, and the payroll agency only has Drivers, Working time and Payroll.

Area Sections
General Dashboard · My shift · My investment (the portals, only for their person)
Operations Rota · Bookings · Live map · Incidents
Fleet Vehicles · Licences · Workshop · Claims · Insurance
People Drivers · Working time
Finance Production · Payroll · Expenses · Fuel cards · Cash · Owners · Invoicing
Control Fines · Discrepancies · Compliance · Reports
Administration Users · Settings · Audit log (on a computer, in the user menu; on the phone, at the end of the drawer)

If the list does not fit, the bar scrolls; the Help menu always stays at the bottom. When you change section, the screen you leave returns to its initial state: if you had searched or filtered something, you will find it unfiltered when you come back.

On a tablet or a medium-sized window, the sidebar narrows and only shows the icons. 1234
Figure 18. On a tablet or a medium-sized window, the sidebar narrows and only shows the icons.
  1. 1
    Each icon is a section (hover over it to see its name); areas are separated by a line.
  2. 2
    The Help menu stays at the bottom.
  3. 3
    The search box narrows to make room for the title (and still opens with ⌘K / Ctrl+K).
  4. 4
    At this width, lists already show as cards, as on the phone.

#Help: this manual and each screen's help

There are two kinds of help inside FleetPilot:

  • This manual, which opens from the Help menu at the foot of the sidebar, directly at the chapter for the screen you are on, in your language, or from the cover.
  • The screen's help: the Help button in the top bar (or the F1 key, or Interactive guides in the bottom menu) opens a panel on the right that explains in a paragraph what the section is, with the link to its chapter in the manual, its interactive guides (each guide plays step by step on the screen itself) and those that apply across the whole app. In the portals, the button is in the header.
The «Help» menu at the foot of the sidebar. 123
Figure 19. The «Help» menu at the foot of the sidebar.
  1. 1
    Opens this manual at the chapter for the screen you are on (here, Vehicles), in another tab.
  2. 2
    Opens the whole manual, from the cover.
  3. 3
    Opens the screen's help (the same as the Help button at the top or F1).
The help panel for the Vehicles section. 1234
Figure 20. The help panel for the Vehicles section.
  1. 1
    Where you are: what the section is and what it contains, in one paragraph.
  2. 2
    The link to this section's chapter in the manual.
  3. 3
    The section's interactive guides, with their steps: ▶ plays each one on the screen itself.
  4. 4
    Below, the guides that apply across the whole app: searching, creating something new, understanding a figure…

#Searching for anything

The global search in the top bar finds, from any screen, vehicles (by number plate, VIN, make, model or owner), drivers (by name, code, or their platform phone and email), owners (by name, code or tax ID), fines (by number, case file, ticket or number plate), claims, bookings, invoices, expenses, cards (by their last four digits), licences and documents (by their name or note). It only shows what your profile can see and from your branches: the Málaga manager does not find Madrid's cars.

Searching for «9373»: vehicle 9373 KRR, four expenses for that car and its VTC licence. 1234
Figure 21. Searching for «9373»: vehicle 9373 KRR, four expenses for that car and its VTC licence.
  1. 1
    Type at least two letters or digits; results appear as you type. A number plate, with or without a space.
  2. 2
    Each result with the details that identify it (owner, status…). Tap it to go to its section with the record open.
  3. 3
    Results are grouped by section, each with its icon: here, the car's workshop expenses…
  4. 4
    …and its VTC licence, which carries the number plate of the assigned car.
How to find something with the search
  1. Tap the search box in the top bar, or press ⌘K (Mac) / Ctrl+K (Windows).

  2. Type part of the name, number or code: a number plate («9373», «9373 KRR»), a driver («Villalba», «C-0007»), a fine («0005»), an owner («T-004», their tax ID)…

  3. Tap the result you are looking for.

FleetPilot takes you to its section and opens the record on the right; a document opens where you are, without changing section. Close the record with ✕, Esc or by clicking outside it to go back to the list.

#Creating something new

The Create button in the top bar creates, without leaving where you are, any record your profile can create: it opens the same form as the «New…» button in its section. When saved, FleetPilot takes you to that section.

What the administrator can create. 1234
Figure 22. What the administrator can create.
  1. 1
    Operations: a business client booking, a car-and-shift assignment and an absence.
  2. 2
    Fleet: an incident, a claim and a workshop order.
  3. 3
    An expense with its invoice and a received fine.
  4. 4
    New records: a driver and a vehicle.
What Pablo, from workshop and fleet, can create. 1
Figure 23. What Pablo, from workshop and fleet, can create.
  1. 1
    Only the options the profile allows appear: for Pablo, incidents, claims, workshop orders and vehicles.
Option Leads to Who sees it in the demo
New booking Bookings Traffic and the branch
New assignment · New absence Rota Traffic, the branch and HR («Assign» permission)
New incident Incidents Traffic, the branch and workshop
New claim Claims Traffic, the branch, HR and workshop
New work order · New workshop appointment Workshop Workshop and fleet
New expense Expenses Administration
New fine Fines Traffic, the branch and HR
New driver Drivers HR
New vehicle Vehicles Traffic, the branch and workshop

The administrator sees them all. If you cancel the form, nothing is created and you stay where you were. If your profile cannot create anything (management, the payroll agency, the auditor), the button does not appear.

#Language and theme

The globe in the top bar switches the whole app between Spanish (ES) and English (EN), instantly; the moon switches to dark mode and the sun back to light. Both are remembered in your browser; on the phone they are changed from My profile. Data (names, number plates, descriptions) is not translated: only the app. Screenshots in Signing in to FleetPilot.

#Notifications (the bell)

The bell in the top bar, to the left of your name, gathers the notifications meant for you. It is not everything that happens in the fleet (that is in the Dashboard and in Compliance), but what concerns you according to what you can do and your branches:

Notification Who receives it
Expiries and deadlines (MOT, insurance, endorsements, VTC plates, taximeters, permits and certificates, contracts ending, fine deadlines, cash not deposited) Whoever manages each thing in their branch, and the driver themselves for their documents
Fines received (identify the driver) Whoever identifies drivers: traffic and the branch
Urgent incidents Whoever handles incidents: traffic, the branch and workshop
Serious discrepancies Whoever resolves discrepancies
Absence requests HR
Car assigned, absences approved or rejected, documents to sign, fines charged to you, your expenses approved or rejected, payslip closed The driver, in My shift
Settlements issued The owner, in My investment
Daily summary Whoever has a Dashboard or portal: the same as «Your day»

A red number on the bell says how many you have unread. Nobody sees anyone else's notifications, not even the administrator.

Nuria's notifications, the traffic manager: expiries, fines received, urgent incidents and serious discrepancies. 12345
Figure 24. Nuria's notifications, the traffic manager: expiries, fines received, urgent incidents and serious discrepancies.
  1. 1
    Mark all as read marks them all as seen at once. At the top, how many you have unread.
  2. 2
    The settings: which notifications you want and whether also by email (below).
  3. 3
    A new notification (the blue dot): what happened (here, an upcoming expiry), which record it refers to, the date and how long ago it arrived. Tap it to open the record.
  4. 4
    Each notification with its icon, what happened and when, newest first; read ones stay in the list.
  5. 5
    At the bottom, whether email is enabled on this installation (in the demo, it is not).

Tap a notification to open its record —the fine, the incident, the discrepancy, the driver— and it is marked as read. If your profile cannot open that record, the notification says so («Your profile cannot open this record»). Notifications are created when what they report happens (when the fine is received, the incident opened, the discrepancy detected, the car assigned, the settlement issued); expiry ones, once a day, with the days of notice set in Settings.

Marta, from HR: drivers' documents that are expiring. 12
Figure 25. Marta, from HR: drivers' documents that are expiring.
  1. 1
    A driving licence about to expire, with the driver and the date.
  2. 2
    An identity document already expired: that driver cannot work until it is renewed.
Pablo, from workshop and fleet: urgent incidents on the cars. 1
Figure 26. Pablo, from workshop and fleet: urgent incidents on the cars.
  1. 1
    A breakdown open on a car, with its incident number and number plate.
Nuria's notification settings. 123456
Figure 27. Nuria's notification settings.
  1. 1
    Which address your emails go to and whether sending is enabled on this installation. In the demo it is not: your choice is saved and will apply once it is enabled.
  2. 2
    Each notification type that makes sense for your profile, with its ⓘ: what it is, who receives it and an example.
  3. 3
    In the app: the notification appears in the bell.
  4. 4
    By email: you also receive an email.
  5. 5
    Daily summary: the same as the Dashboard's «Your day», every morning by email if you ask for it.
  6. 6
    If you turn both off, that notification is not created; what it reports is still in its section and on the Dashboard.
How to choose which notifications you receive
  1. Open your user menu and choose Notification settings (or tap the settings icon in the notification list).

  2. For each notification type, turn In the app (the bell) and By email on or off.

  3. Close the window.

Each change is saved instantly («Setting saved»). Emails go to your user's address; demo accounts (@fleetpilot.demo) never receive real email.

#The ⓘ help for figures and acronyms

Next to many indicators, blocks, acronyms (ITV, CVF, PMR, SOV, RD, DEV…) and permissions there is a small ⓘ, «What is this?». Tapping it opens a three-part explanation: what it shows, how it is calculated (with an example) and how to read it (what to do with the figure or what is left out). It is the quickest way to find out where a number comes from.

The ⓘ help for Vehicles' «MOT expired or due» indicator. 123
Figure 28. The ⓘ help for Vehicles' «MOT expired or due» indicator.
  1. 1
    What the figure shows.
  2. 2
    How it is calculated, with an example.
  3. 3
    How to read it: what it means and what to do. Tap outside (or Esc) to close it.

#Lists

Almost every section starts with a list: vehicles, drivers, fines, expenses, invoices… They all work the same way. This is the Vehicles one.

A list (Vehicles): indicators, search box, buttons, quick filters and the table. 12345678
Figure 29. A list (Vehicles): indicators, search box, buttons, quick filters and the table.
  1. 1
    The section's indicators, each with its ⓘ.
  2. 2
    List search box: filters by any word in the columns.
  3. 3
    Export CSV: downloads what you see to open in a spreadsheet (if your profile allows it).
  4. 4
    Some sections have more filters (here, by branch, owner, fuel, service…).
  5. 5
    The button to create a record in the section (only if your profile can).
  6. 6
    Quick filters with their count. Tap one to see only those rows; the filter row scrolls sideways.
  7. 7
    Headers: tap one to sort by that column; again, to reverse the order.
  8. 8
    Each row is a record; tap it to open its record.
Searching, filtering and sorting at once: the Toyotas with an MOT to review, from the soonest to expire to the latest. 123
Figure 30. Searching, filtering and sorting at once: the Toyotas with an MOT to review, from the soonest to expire to the latest.
  1. 1
    What you type in the search box…
  2. 2
    …is combined with the chosen filter…
  3. 3
    …and with the sort order: the arrow shows the column and direction.
How to search, filter, sort and export a list
  1. Choose a quick filter (for example MOT to review). The number next to each filter says how many records it has.

  2. Type one or more words in the list search box: the rows containing all of them are shown, ignoring accents and capitals.

  3. Tap a column header to sort by it; tap again to reverse the order.

  4. If your profile allows it, tap Export CSV (the download icon) to take those rows to a spreadsheet.

  5. Tap a row to open its record.

#Records

Tapping a row opens its record in a panel that slides in from the right, without losing the list behind. They all follow the same pattern: a header with the name and actions, often a band with the main figures, and tabs with the information grouped. This is a vehicle's; each tab is explained in its section's chapter (Vehicles).

A vehicle's record: the Skoda Superb 9373 KRR of owner T-003. 1234567
Figure 31. A vehicle's record: the Skoda Superb 9373 KRR of owner T-003.
  1. 1
    The header: the owner's code, the branch and the service, the status and the name, and below what identifies it.
  2. 2
    Edit and More options (each record's own actions). They only appear if your profile can use them.
  3. 3
    Close the record (also with Esc or by clicking outside it).
  4. 4
    Tabs: each groups part of the information; the number says how many records are inside. If they do not fit, they scroll sideways.
  5. 5
    The figures band: the essentials at a glance.
  6. 6
    The ⓘ explain the block they accompany.
  7. 7
    Links open the related record (here, the owner's) on top of this one.

If you change something in a record, the list behind updates by itself when you close it. Records opened from another one (the owner from their car, the driver from their fine) open on top and, when you close them, you go back to the previous one. On the phone, records take up the whole screen.

#Each record's documents

Almost every record has the Documents tab: a car's registration certificate and transport card, the policy, a driver's signed contract, a claim's photos, an expense's invoice… kept next to what they document. The tab's number says how many there are. Some records gather those of others: a vehicle's also shows its licence's.

The Documents tab of the Toyota Corolla 6944 LTV: its registration certificate and its VTC licence's transport card. 1234
Figure 32. The Documents tab of the Toyota Corolla 6944 LTV: its registration certificate and its VTC licence's transport card.
  1. 1
    The record's Documents tab, with how many there are.
  2. 2
    Upload documents opens the window to choose files; you can also drag them onto the window.
  3. 3
    The car's documents, with their type, size, who uploaded them and when. On the right, view, download and more actions.
  4. 4
    Those of its VTC licence, also shown here.
How to attach a document to a record
  1. Open the record (a vehicle, a driver, a claim, an expense…) and tap the Documents tab.

  2. Tap Upload documents and choose the files, or drag them onto the window.

  3. Check each one's name and type (photo, invoice, contract, certificate…), and add a note if needed.

  4. Tap the upload button.

The documents stay on the record and in the global search (by name). Up to 20 MB per file: PDF, images, text and spreadsheets, Office, KML/KMZ and zip. Images and PDFs can be viewed inside FleetPilot; anything else is downloaded.

#The Changes tab

With the See audit log permission (in the demo, the administrator, management and the auditor), records also have the Changes tab: who created or changed that record, when and which fields, newest first, from the app or from Claude. Tap a line to see each field before and after the change; values your profile cannot see show as «(hidden by your profile)». If nobody has touched it since the data was loaded, you will see «No changes recorded».

All changes to all records, with app sign-ins and sign-outs, are together in Audit log.

#Forms

To create or change a record you use a form in a window. They are all filled in and saved the same way. Many check what you type live with the same rules the database will apply, so you know before saving whether it can be done. This is a rota assignment form, opened by Nuria, the traffic manager.

An assignment form, with the live check: Andrés cannot be given this car because it belongs to another owner. 1234567
Figure 33. An assignment form, with the live check: Andrés cannot be given this car because it belongs to another owner.
  1. 1
    Fields with an asterisk are compulsory. Those that pick another record (the driver, the vehicle) open a selector with a search box.
  2. 2
    Lists drop down; dates and times open a calendar and a clock.
  3. 3
    Buttons to tick several values: here, the days off each week (FleetPilot proposes those of the current assignment).
  4. 4
    The live check: each rule with its result in green, amber or red, or an informative note.
  5. 5
    A blocker: the car belongs to another owner and Andrés has no contract with them. While there is one, it cannot be saved.
  6. 6
    What will happen on saving: his current assignment will be closed and he will take over from the driver of that car and shift.
  7. 7
    Cancel closes without saving anything; the saving button (here, Assign) stays disabled while there is a blocker.
Choosing the vehicle for an assignment: the selector with its search box. 12
Figure 34. Choosing the vehicle for an assignment: the selector with its search box.
  1. 1
    Type part of the number plate, model or owner: the list filters instantly.
  2. 2
    Each option with what identifies it (here, the model, the owner and the branch). Tap the one you want.
How to fill in and save a form
  1. Fill in at least the fields with an asterisk (*). If one is missing, on saving it is marked in red with «Required».

  2. Dates are chosen on a calendar and times on a 24-hour clock; lists, by dropping them down; related records, with the selector and its search box. Numbers accept a decimal comma or point.

  3. Look at the check if the form has one: amber warnings allow saving; red blockers do not.

  4. Tap the save button (Save, or the action's own: Assign, Record…).

The Saved notice appears at the bottom and the window closes. If something fails (for example, «Your access profile does not allow this action», or a business rule), the notice appears in red and the form stays open with what you had typed.

#What your profile does not let you see

Each access profile decides which sections you see, what data you can look at and what you can create or change, and each user has their branches. What is not yours to see shows like this:

  • Sections: those your profile does not allow do not appear in the sidebar, nor do their results in the search.
  • Branches: if you only have one branch, you only see its data; counts, totals and reports are calculated with it alone. The Dashboard reminds you with a label («Málaga only»).
  • Sensitive data: revenue (trip, production, cash and invoice amounts), costs (expenses, workshop, premiums), payroll, settlements, contact data, personal data (document, date of birth, address, permit number), bank data (IBAN, Social Security number), health data (personal injury in a claim, sick leave) and location (GPS positions and journeys). If you cannot see them, the column or figure disappears or a grey padlock appears (on hover: «Hidden by your access profile»).
  • Buttons and tabs: create, edit, assign, approve or settle buttons do not appear if you lack that permission, nor do tabs for what you cannot see (a driver's payslips, the Changes tab…).
  • Export: the CSV export button only appears if your profile allows it.
The record of driver Andrés Villalba (C-0007) as seen by Nuria, the traffic manager: without his personal or bank data. 1234
Figure 35. The record of driver Andrés Villalba (C-0007) as seen by Nuria, the traffic manager: without his personal or bank data.
  1. 1
    His tabs: Nuria sees contracts, assignments, production, working time or risk, but has no payroll or changes tab: her profile sees neither payroll nor the audit log.
  2. 2
    The padlock: she sees that the ID card is valid and when it expires, but not the number.
  3. 3
    Personal data (date of birth, address…): «Hidden by your access profile».
  4. 4
    Bank and Social Security (IBAN, Social Security number), the same. The database does not even send them.

#Jumping from one section to another

FleetPilot is designed to take you from a figure to what explains it without searching:

  • From the Dashboard to the section: each figure on the Dashboard opens its section with the filter already applied (fines with deadlines, cars in the workshop, expenses to approve…) and each row opens its record.
  • From record to record: a record's links (a car's owner, a fine's driver, a vehicle's policy) open the related record on top.
  • From notification to record: tapping a notification in the bell opens what it reports.
  • From the search to the record, as seen above.

If your profile does not see the destination section, the figure or row does nothing.

#FleetPilot on the phone and tablet

On a phone (or a narrow window) FleetPilot rearranges the screen: the sidebar hides in a drawer, the top bar keeps only icons, indicators and filters scroll sideways, lists become cards (one per record, without columns) and records and forms take up the whole screen. On a tablet, the sidebar shrinks to icons (see above).

Vehicles on a phone. 1234
Figure 36. Vehicles on a phone.
  1. 1
    The menu opens the drawer with the sections.
  2. 2
    Search, help, Create, the notifications bell and your menu, as icons.
  3. 3
    Indicators and filters scroll sideways.
  4. 4
    Each record is a card; tap it to open its record full screen.
The drawer with the sections. 1
Figure 37. The drawer with the sections.
  1. 1
    The same sections as on the computer, with the current one highlighted; at the end, the administration ones. Tap outside the drawer to close it.

#Keyboard shortcuts

Key What it does
⌘K (Mac) · Ctrl+K (Windows) Opens the global search from any screen
F1 Opens the help for the screen you are on (also in the portals)
Esc Closes the open record, a menu or the search
Enter On the sign-in screen, from the password, signs in

#Direct links

FleetPilot's address accepts some parameters that open a screen directly, useful to bookmark or to send a link to a colleague (who will have to sign in with their user and will only see what their profile and branches allow):

  • ?seccion=multas opens that section. Each section's key is the last part of the address of its chapter in this manual: #cuadrante, #vehiculos, #multas…
  • ?ficha=vehiculo:<id> opens that record on entry (vehicles, drivers, fines, claims, bookings, invoices, expenses, cards, owners, settlements, documents…).
  • &lang=es or &lang=en chooses the language, and &tema=dark or &tema=light the theme.

General

Dashboard

The first screen when you sign in: «Your day» with what is on your plate today according to your profile, the fleet indicators, production, expiries, fines and discrepancies, and one block per area with what your profile can see.

Who uses it: Every office profile: management, traffic, the branch, HR, administration and workshopAccess: «Dashboard» section; each block, its dashboard permission («Dashboard: fleet», «Dashboard: production», «Dashboard: expiries»…); amounts, «See revenue», «See costs» or «See settlements»

The Dashboard is FleetPilot's home page. Nothing is edited here: it gathers what needs looking at today and takes you, with one click, to the record or section where it is dealt with. It has three parts:

  • Your day: a summary of what is on your plate today according to your profile (today's operations, bookings, this week's expiries, fines to identify, serious discrepancies, urgent incidents, administration, production and the workshop). It is the same summary that arrives by email every morning and the one Claude gives you if you ask.
  • The indicators: six cards with the key figures right now (in service, net this month, uncovered shifts, drivers working, expired documents, fines to identify…).
  • The blocks by area: fleet, production, operations, expiries and deadlines, discrepancies, fines, drivers, finance and compliance.

Everything is calculated by the database with fixed rules (there is no artificial intelligence in the figures), with your permissions and your branches: the Málaga branch manager only sees Málaga, and whoever cannot see revenue sees trips instead of euros. What your profile cannot see simply does not appear. It refreshes every 5 minutes on its own; the Refresh button does it straight away.

#Your day

The managing director's Dashboard: «Your day» with operations, bookings, expiries, fines and discrepancies. 1234567
Figure 38. The managing director's Dashboard: «Your day» with operations, bookings, expiries, fines and discrepancies.
  1. 1
    The greeting with the date and the company. On the right, when it was last updated and the Refresh button.
  2. 2
    Today's operations: cars without a driver, today's absences, absence requests to approve and rota covers. Each figure opens the Rota.
  3. 3
    Expiring this week: what expires or has expired (permits, certificates, MOT, insurance…), most urgent first. Show all 13 expands the whole list.
  4. 4
    Serious discrepancies: data cross-checks that need looking at now (cash not deposited, km without trips…). See Discrepancies.
  5. 5
    Bookings today and tomorrow, with the time, the route and whether a car has already been assigned.
  6. 6
    Fines to identify, with the days left of the 20-day deadline (overdue ones in red). See Fines.
  7. 7
    The button to collapse «Your day» if you want to go straight to the indicators and, if you have any, your unread notifications (the same as the bell at the top).

Each line of «Your day» opens its record (the booking, the fine, the driver with the expired permit…) and each View all takes you to the section with the filter already applied. Blocks appear or not depending on your profile: Javier, from administration, sees bookings, this week's expiries (his own: cash not deposited), fines and the Administration block, but not the rota or the workshop.

«Your day» for the head of administration: no rota or workshop, and with the administration block. 12345
Figure 39. «Your day» for the head of administration: no rota or workshop, and with the administration block.
  1. 1
    Today's and tomorrow's bookings, as on Alba's.
  2. 2
    His expiries this week are those of his area: drivers with cash not deposited for some days.
  3. 3
    Administration: expenses to approve, drivers holding more cash than the maximum and pending platform payouts. Each figure takes you to Expenses, Cash or Production.
  4. 4
    Production: net and trips yesterday and over the last 7 days, and unassigned trips (that could not be attributed to any driver).
  5. 5
    How it is calculated (rules, your permissions and your branches, every 5 minutes) and Ask Claude, which opens the Claude connection (see Connect to Claude).

#The indicators

The six indicators on the administrator's Dashboard. 123456
Figure 40. The six indicators on the administrator's Dashboard.
  1. 1
    In service now: cars in service whose current driver clocked in (or resumed after a break) within the last 20 hours. Below, how many cars are in service and how many are in the workshop.
  2. 2
    Net this month: what the platforms paid after their commission, from the 1st to today, with the change against the same days of the previous month (so a half month does not look worse). Without «See revenue», trips.
  3. 3
    Uncovered shifts today: shifts of cars in service with nobody to drive them (an absent driver without cover, an unassigned shift). It is fixed in the Rota.
  4. 4
    Drivers working according to their clock-ins, out of those under contract, and how many are absent today.
  5. 5
    Expired documents: serious alerts (expired or preventing work) for vehicles, licences, policies, drivers and fines; below, the upcoming ones.
  6. 6
    Fines to identify: those whose driver has not yet been reported to the authority; below, those due within 5 days or already overdue.

Each indicator has its ⓘ (What is this?) with what it shows, where it comes from with an example and how to read it; and you can tap it to go to the section that explains it. Which indicators appear depends on the profile: the workshop sees fleet and expiries, administration sees cash to deposit and HR, compliance.

#The blocks by area

The fleet, production and today's operations blocks. 123456
Figure 41. The fleet, production and today's operations blocks.
  1. 1
    Fleet today: operational, in service (on a trip right now), free (with a driver who is not working), in the workshop, off the road and without a driver. Each figure leads to Vehicles or the Live map.
  2. 2
    The fleet split in a ring chart and, below, the cars in service by branch (Madrid and Málaga) and their status according to telematics.
  3. 3
    Production: today, yesterday and the month, compared with the same stretch of the previous month and with the whole previous month.
  4. 4
    Net per day for the current month (bars) against the previous month (dots). Further down, the split by platform: Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW by Lyft, street hails, direct services and the taxi dispatch radio.
  5. 5
    Today's operations: uncovered shifts, cars without a driver, absences, covers and bookings, with the breakdown of absences (sick leave, holidays) and the requests to approve.
  6. 6
    The uncovered shifts with their reason (here, a driver on sick leave without cover) and the next bookings with their car. Each line opens its record.

Further down come the blocks for expiries and deadlines (serious, upcoming, this week and informational, with a list of the most urgent), discrepancies by severity, fines (to identify, overdue, due within 5 days, early-payment discount ending and upcoming deadlines), drivers (working, under contract, in the pool, on sick leave, leavers this month, high risk and the best of the month by net per hour), finance (platform payouts, cash, expenses, invoices and owner settlements) and compliance (a traffic light per area).

Block What it counts Dashboard permission
Fleet today In service, on a trip, free, in the workshop, off road, without a driver; by branch and according to telematics «Dashboard: fleet» (telematics, with «See location»)
Production Today, yesterday and the month, by day and by platform «Dashboard: production» (in euros with «See revenue»; otherwise, trips)
Today's operations Uncovered shifts, cars without a driver, absences, covers, bookings «Dashboard: today's operations»
Expiries and deadlines MOT, insurance, licence endorsements, VTC plates, taximeters, permits, ID/NIE, certificates, fine deadlines «Dashboard: expiries»
Discrepancies Open by severity and under review «Dashboard: discrepancies»
Fines To identify, overdue, early payment, upcoming deadlines «Dashboard: fines»
Drivers Workforce, leavers, high risk, best of the month «Dashboard: drivers»
Finance Platform payouts, cash, expenses, invoices, settlements «Dashboard: finance» (each amount with its permission)
Compliance Traffic light per area with its score «Dashboard: compliance»

#On the phone

The traffic manager's Dashboard on the phone: «Your day» at the top, in one column. 1
Figure 42. The traffic manager's Dashboard on the phone: «Your day» at the top, in one column.
  1. 1
    At the top, the menu (the sidebar opens as a drawer), search, help, Create, notifications and your user.

On the phone the Dashboard stacks into a single column: first «Your day» and then the indicators and blocks. Nuria, the traffic manager, starts her morning here: she checks uncovered shifts and fines falling due, and opens the record with one tap.

On a tablet, the sidebar shrinks to icons and the blocks go two by two. See The screen and what is common.

How to start the day from the Dashboard
  1. Sign in to FleetPilot: the Dashboard is the first screen.

  2. Read Your day from top to bottom: what is in red (overdue) first.

  3. Tap a line to open its record and deal with it (a fine: identify the driver; an uncovered shift: a cover in the Rota).

  4. Go back to the Dashboard with Dashboard in the sidebar; tap Refresh to see the corrected figure.

  5. If you do not need «Your day», collapse it: FleetPilot remembers it next time.

The day's urgent matters dealt with or under way, without going through every section.

#Tips

  • Turn on the «Daily summary» by email in Notification settings (user menu): you get «Your day» every morning without opening the app.
  • Use the figures as shortcuts: tapping «Fines to identify» opens Fines already filtered by deadline.
  • If a figure does not add up, open its ⓘ: it explains exactly what it counts and what it leaves out.
  • Ask Claude the same thing in your own words («which cars are left without a driver tomorrow?»); it answers with your permissions.

General

My shift

The driver's portal, designed for the phone: clock in and out, check the car, see earnings so far and the month's simulated payslip, their cash, expenses, incidents, accident reports, fines and holidays, and sign their documents.

Who uses it: Drivers (employed by the owners)Access: only the «My shift» section, with the user linked to their driver record

My shift is what a driver sees when signing in to FleetPilot: a full-screen app, with no sidebar, made to be used on the phone at the start and end of the shift. Everything in it is theirs: their car, their clock-ins, their trips, their payslip, their fines. The database filters it by the person linked to their user (in Users, the user record carries the driver), so a driver never sees anyone else's.

It has five tabs at the bottom: Today (clock in, check the car, the car and permits), Earnings (production, this month's payslip, cash and closed payslips), Requests (expenses, incidents, accident reports, holidays and fines), Signatures (documents to sign on screen) and Working time (their working-time record). At the top, help, notifications, language and the user menu. On a computer it looks the same, with the tabs on the left.

#Today: clocking in and the car

Andrés's home screen in the afternoon: his to-dos and the clockings of his shift, already over. 12345
Figure 43. Andrés's home screen in the afternoon: his to-dos and the clockings of his shift, already over.
  1. 1
    What is pending: documents to sign, a fine to answer, cash to deposit. View goes to the tab.
  2. 2
    The shift status (off duty, working or on a break) and how long he has worked; here, today's shift is already over, with its breaks.
  3. 3
    The clock-in buttons that apply now: with the shift over, Clock in again; during the shift, Take a break and End shift (or Start shift and Back to work).
  4. 4
    Today's clockings (clock-in, break, back to work and clock-out), with the location icon if where he was got saved.
  5. 5
    The tabs, with a red number where something is pending.
Further down: their car with its papers, earnings so far and their permits. 123
Figure 44. Further down: their car with its papers, earnings so far and their permits.
  1. 1
    Your car: insurance and licence with their status and, if needed, a warning (here, the old VTC plate, valid until 3-11-2026).
  2. 2
    Your earnings so far: today's, yesterday's and the month's net, and cash on hand with the maximum they may keep.
  3. 3
    Your permits: the driving licence with its points, the VTC driver permit and the ID card or NIE, with their expiry.

At the very top, the Your car card also says which car they drive today (or whether they are covering someone else's, or have the day off), with its number plate, its shift and the car's documentation (MOT, insurance, VTC licence or taxi licence and, in taxis, the taximeter). If the car's assignment declaration still needs signing, it says so.

How to clock in and out
  1. When you reach the car, open My shift and tap Start shift. If you accepted the geolocation notice, where you are at that moment is saved (only then).

  2. To eat or rest, Take a break; when you are back, Back to work.

  3. When you finish, End shift and confirm.

Each clock-in goes into the working-time record with its time and its fingerprint, and shows in the Working time tab and in the office's Working time.
Before clocking out, FleetPilot asks for confirmation (not confirmed in the screenshot). 1
Figure 45. Before clocking out, FleetPilot asks for confirmation (not confirmed in the screenshot).
  1. 1
    The clock-out is saved with the current time. If you make a mistake, the office corrects it leaving a record: the clock-in is never deleted.
The car check before setting off: each point «OK» or «Not OK», fuel level, km and photos. 123
Figure 46. The car check before setting off: each point «OK» or «Not OK», fuel level, km and photos.
  1. 1
    All OK marks every point at once.
  2. 2
    Each point: bodywork, lights, tyres, cleanliness, documents, safety equipment, dashboard.
  3. 3
    The fuel or battery level; further down, the km and the photos.

The car check takes two minutes and protects the driver: the photos and any new damage go into the car's inspection (see Workshop), with the date and who was driving. FleetPilot does not allow fewer km than the last ones recorded.

#Earnings and this month's payslip

Andrés's production: today, yesterday, the week, the month or last month. 1234
Figure 47. Andrés's production: today, yesterday, the week, the month or last month.
  1. 1
    Production, This month's payslip, Cash and My payslips.
  2. 2
    The period: today, yesterday, this week, this month or last month.
  3. 3
    Net (tips shown separately), trips, hours online on the platforms and cash collected.
  4. 4
    The split by platform and the day's trips one by one.
October's simulated payslip with what they have earned so far. 12345
Figure 48. October's simulated payslip with what they have earned so far.
  1. 1
    A simulation: HR closes the final payslip at the end of the month.
  2. 2
    The month's fixed pay and the variable pay so far.
  3. 3
    How much more turnover they need before earning variable pay.
  4. 4
    The projection: at this pace, what they would finish the month with. Below, last month's variable pay.
  5. 5
    Your band on the scale: the month's turnover, the percentage that applies and what is left for the next one.

Further down, the simulated payslip breaks down turnover by platform, the commission according to the scale band, the fixed pay, the base salary and the collective-agreement allowances, and the allowed fuel and km (a percentage of turnover and a number of km per euro billed; extra km are deducted from the variable pay). It is the same calculation the office makes in Payroll, with the trips the database attributes to them (the car's trips while they were driving).

Their cash box: cash collected against what has been deposited in the bank. 123
Figure 49. Their cash box: cash collected against what has been deposited in the bank.
  1. 1
    In your box and To deposit: what they have to deposit if it exceeds the maximum (here, €100).
  2. 2
    Cash collected in 90 days and the last hand-over.
  3. 3
    How to deposit it: with their deposit card (the office reconciles it by its last 4 digits). See Cash.

#Requests

In Requests the driver does what used to be a piece of paper or a phone call: upload an expense (the photo of the receipt for a car wash, parking or a toll they paid themselves), report an incident (a breakdown, damage, a lost item), file an accident report with the joint report and photos, and request holidays or days off. Below are their fines, their expenses, their incidents and their holidays and days off, each with its status.

Requests: what the driver can ask for or report, and their fines. 1234
Figure 50. Requests: what the driver can ask for or report, and their fines.
  1. 1
    Add an expense: photo of the receipt, what was paid, amount and date. Administration reviews it in Expenses.
  2. 2
    Report an issue and Accident report: they reach Incidents and Claims.
  3. 3
    Request holiday or days off: HR reviews it against the rota.
  4. 4
    Their fines: the one the office passes on to them, with Respond.
Answering a fine passed on to the driver (not answered in the screenshot). 123
Figure 51. Answering a fine passed on to the driver (not answered in the screenshot).
  1. 1
    How much of the fine the office passes on.
  2. 2
    The details: offence, date and time, place, number plate, case number, rule, amount and when they were identified as the driver.
  3. 3
    Accept the fine (deducted from the variable pay) or I don't agree, explaining why.
Requesting holidays, personal days, paid leave or training. 12
Figure 52. Requesting holidays, personal days, paid leave or training.
  1. 1
    What they ask for: holidays, personal days, paid leave or training.
  2. 2
    Which days (at most 45 in a row, never past days) and the reason, optional.
The accident report: when, where, what happened and the other vehicle. 123
Figure 53. The accident report: when, where, what happened and the other vehicle.
  1. 1
    First, if anyone is hurt or in danger, call 112.
  2. 2
    When, where and what happened (collision, rear-end, side impact, parking, glass, vandalism, theft, pedestrian).
  3. 3
    The other vehicle (number plate and insurer), whether the joint accident report has been filled in (with its photo) and whether anyone is injured.

#Signatures

In Signatures are the documents the driver has to sign —their car's assignment declaration, the legal notices (geolocation, video surveillance, data processing, use of devices) and debt acknowledgements (RD)— and those already signed. They are signed with a finger on the screen, after ticking «I have read the document and agree». The signature stores the moment and the text's SHA-256 fingerprint: proof of exactly what was signed.

Documents to sign and those already signed. 12
Figure 54. Documents to sign and those already signed.
  1. 1
    To sign: a legal notice and a debt acknowledgement, with Read and sign.
  2. 2
    Signed: each with its date, its version and the start of its fingerprint.
Debt acknowledgement RD-2026-0009 before signing it (not signed). 123
Figure 55. Debt acknowledgement RD-2026-0009 before signing it (not signed).
  1. 1
    What is stored on signing: the signature, the moment and the text's fingerprint.
  2. 2
    The whole text: here, €180 for damage to the bumper, deducted in 3 instalments from the variable pay.
  3. 3
    I have read the document and agree must be ticked for Sign to become active.

#Working time

Their working-time record for the month, exactly as the company keeps it. 12345
Figure 56. Their working-time record for the month, exactly as the company keeps it.
  1. 1
    The month (previous ones with the arrows).
  2. 2
    Download record: their monthly record as a PDF, the same one the company shows the Labour Inspectorate.
  3. 3
    Days worked, working hours, attendance hours and breaks for the month.
  4. 4
    Record intact: their clock-ins for the month keep their fingerprint. And the warnings (here, a day with more than 10 h of work).
  5. 5
    Each day, with its start, its end, the work and the time online on the platforms.

#Tips

  • Always clock in from your phone, when you get in and out of the car: the record is proof of your hours.
  • Check the car and take the photos at the start: if damage appears, it shows who had the car before.
  • Look at the simulated payslip mid-month: it tells you how much is left to reach the next band.
  • Upload receipts the same day: with a sharp photo, the amount and date are read automatically.

General

My investment

The owner's portal: what their cars earn, each month's result, their drivers, their settlements and management invoices to review and approve, and their fleet's compliance, fines and claims.

Who uses it: Owners: investors and companies that provide the car and the licenceAccess: only the «My investment» section, with the user linked to their owner record

An owner is whoever provides the car and the VTC licence (or the taxi licence) and hires the drivers; the fleet manager (Alcora Movilidad) runs the operation on their behalf and each month settles with them what their cars produced minus the costs and the management fee. My investment is their portal: full screen, only with what is theirs, filtered by the database according to the owner linked to their user.

It has five tabs: Summary, Vehicles (their cars and drivers), Settlements (each month's accounts and the management invoices), Fleet (compliance, fines and claims) and Documents. Lucía Romero, the demo owner, has three VTC cars and six drivers.

#Summary

The summary for Lucía Romero, owner of three VTC cars. 12345678
Figure 57. The summary for Lucía Romero, owner of three VTC cars.
  1. 1
    What is pending: here, the September settlement, issued and awaiting her approval. Review opens it.
  2. 2
    Her cars' net this month, with the change against the same days of the previous month (details below).
  3. 3
    Last result: what she was left with in the last settled month, with the change against the previous month and its status.
  4. 4
    Her vehicles (how many in service) and her drivers under contract.
  5. 5
    Recent months: net (bars) and result (line) for each month.
  6. 6
    Net by platform this month.
  7. 7
    Things to note: a policy about to expire, an old-model VTC badge, an open claim…
  8. 8
    Your cars this month, with their net and trend.

#Vehicles and drivers

Her three cars with their status, drivers, net and margin, and her six drivers. 1234
Figure 58. Her three cars with their status, drivers, net and margin, and her six drivers.
  1. 1
    Each car: number plate, model, km, status and its drivers (D, day shift; N, night shift).
  2. 2
    Net this month with its trips and the margin of the last settled month, with its trend.
  3. 3
    Its papers: MOT, insurance and licence endorsement, green if in order and amber if expiring soon.
  4. 4
    Her drivers: car and shift, contract type and seniority, earnings this month and their rating.

Each car opens its record with production by platform and driver, the month's costs, its documentation, its workshop history and its claims. The drivers' personal data the owner sees are those of their contract with her.

#Settlements and invoices

Each month the fleet manager calculates each owner's settlement: the net revenue of their cars (what the platforms pay after their commission), minus the costs (their drivers' payroll and Social Security, fuel and charging, workshop, insurance, renting, fines not passed on and other expenses) and the management fee. The result is what the owner keeps. The settlement is issued, the owner gives their approval (or calls the fleet manager if in doubt) and it is paid. It comes with the management invoice for the fee.

Lucía's monthly settlements: September's, awaiting her approval; the earlier ones, paid. 123
Figure 59. Lucía's monthly settlements: September's, awaiting her approval; the earlier ones, paid.
  1. 1
    Settlements and management Invoices.
  2. 2
    Each month: net revenue, costs, fee and result, and its status (here, awaiting your approval).
  3. 3
    The earlier ones, paid.
The September settlement with its breakdown (not approved in the screenshot). 12345
Figure 60. The September settlement with its breakdown (not approved in the screenshot).
  1. 1
    What to do: review the breakdown and approve it, or call the fleet manager first.
  2. 2
    Net revenue, costs and fee and result, with the change against the previous month.
  3. 3
    The breakdown: gross revenue, platform commissions, payroll and Social Security, fuel, workshop, insurance, renting, other expenses and the management fee.
  4. 4
    By vehicle: the same, car by car.
  5. 5
    The settlement PDF and Approve.
How to approve a settlement
  1. When the fleet manager issues the settlement, you get a notification and it appears at the top of the Summary.

  2. Tap Review (or open Settlements and tap the month).

  3. Review the breakdown and the by vehicle detail; download the PDF if you want to keep it.

  4. If everything adds up, tap Approve. If something does not, call the fleet manager before approving.

The settlement becomes «Accepted» with the date and who accepted it; the fleet manager pays it and it becomes «Paid».

#Fleet: compliance, fines and claims

The compliance of Lucía's fleet, point by point. 1234
Figure 61. The compliance of Lucía's fleet, point by point.
  1. 1
    Compliance, Fines and Claims for her cars.
  2. 2
    Points in order, to review soon and to resolve.
  3. 3
    Your fleet: drivers with a VTC driver permit, signed contracts, drivers against licences and adapted vehicles (PRM).
  4. 4
    Each vehicle: MOT, insurance with passenger liability, licence and endorsement, VTC plate… each point with its ⓘ and the rule that requires it.

In Fines she sees those of her cars with the identified driver and whether they have been passed on; in Claims, those of her fleet with their status. In Documents, what the fleet manager shares with her (contracts, policies, invoices, settlements).

My investment on the phone. 1
Figure 62. My investment on the phone.
  1. 1
    On the phone, the tabs are at the bottom.

On the phone, My investment is the same: the summary in one column and the tabs at the bottom. Settlements are reviewed and accepted the same way.

The owner sees nothing of other owners or of the fleet manager: no cars, drivers or amounts. The database filters it.

#Tips

  • Review the settlement as soon as the notification arrives: until you approve it, it is not paid.
  • Look at «Things to note»: a policy about to expire or an old-model VTC badge affect how much your cars can work.
  • Compare each car's margin in Vehicles: a car with a lot of workshop time or few trips stands out at once.

Operations

Rota

Who drives each car on each shift: the shift templates, a regular driver's assignment to a car and shift (with their day off and signed declaration), the workforce's absences and a day's covers by relief drivers. This determines who every trip, refuel and fine is attributed to.

Who uses it: Traffic, the branch, HR and management (read only)Access: «Rota» section; to assign, cover, change days off, sign declarations and edit shifts, «Assign»; to approve absences, «Assign» or «Manage contracts»; the reason for sick leave, «Health data»

The rota is how the fleet is shared out among the drivers. In a VTC (vehículos de turismo con conductor, private hire cars that work with Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW or client bookings) and taxi fleet manager, each car goes out on one or two shifts a day and each shift is driven by one driver. FleetPilot organises it in four pieces:

  • Shifts: the schedule templates. In the demo, D (day, 06:00 to 16:00), N (night, 16:00 to 02:00), C (full, 08:00 to 18:00) and, for taxis, TD and TN. A double-shift car has a day driver and a night driver; a single-shift car, just one.
  • Assignments: the regular driver of a car on a shift from a date, with the days they have off each week (usually two in a row) and the assignment declaration the driver signs. They are kept with their history: each change closes the previous one.
  • Absences: holidays, IT (incapacidad temporal, sick leave), leave, personal days, unjustified absences, suspensions and training. The driver requests them from My shift or the office records them, and they are approved here.
  • Covers: a one-day change. When the regular driver has the day off or is absent, another driver takes the car for that shift: a relief driver (a driver without a regular car who covers days off and absences; each one is always on days or always on nights) or a colleague who is not working that day. A cover without a driver leaves the car off road for that shift.

What matters is what comes next: every event is attributed to whoever had the car at that moment. An Uber trip, a card refuel, a GPS journey or a fine is charged to the driver covering that day or, if there is none, to the assigned one. That is why the rota feeds each driver's production (Production), their variable pay (Payroll), the identification of a fine's driver (Fines) and the cross-checks in Discrepancies.

  1. 1ShiftThe template: time slot and days it runs.
  2. 2AssignmentA car's regular driver on a shift, with their day off and declaration.
  3. 3Day off or absenceThe regular driver does not work that day: a gap is left.
  4. 4CoverA relief driver or a colleague takes the car that day.
  5. 5AttributionTrips, refuels and fines, to whoever was driving.
From shift to attribution: what prevails each day is the cover and, if there is none, the assignment.

#The week's rota

Opening Rota shows the current week: each row is a car on a shift and each column, a day. In each cell, who drives. It is traffic's working screen: at a glance you see covered shifts, covers and gaps (shifts nobody drives).

The week's rota as seen by Nuria (traffic manager): on Saturday, the 1219 LCS night regular has the day off and nobody covers. 123456789
Figure 63. The week's rota as seen by Nuria (traffic manager): on Saturday, the 1219 LCS night regular has the day off and nobody covers.
  1. 1
    The five views: Week, Month, Assignments, Absences and Shifts.
  2. 2
    Covered today: of today's shifts, how many have a driver (the regular one or the cover). The difference is today's gaps.
  3. 3
    Gaps: shifts from today onwards this week with no driver. Tapping it turns on Gaps only.
  4. 4
    The week's Covers, Absences leaving shifts to cover, absence Requests to approve (leads to the Absences tab) and cars in service Without a driver on any shift.
  5. 5
    The week shown, with its number: the arrows go to the previous or next one and Today returns to the current one.
  6. 6
    The search box (number plate, model, owner or driver name) and, with several branches, the Branch.
  7. 7
    Gaps only leaves only the cars with a shift to cover. The ⓘ next to it explains the colours.
  8. 8
    A cover (teal, with arrows): José L. is driving the Lexus today for the regular, Nelson G., who has the day off.
  9. 9
    A gap (red): Miguel N., the night regular, has the day off and nobody covers.
In the cell What it means
Name (grey-blue) The regular driver: works that day according to their assignment.
Name · covers (teal, with arrows) A cover: another driver takes the car that day. It overrides the assignment.
Uncovered · day off (red) The regular has the day off and nobody covers.
Uncovered · Holidays, Sick leave… (red) The regular has an approved absence and nobody covers.
No driver (red) The car has no regular driver on that shift.
Off road (grey) A cover without a driver: the car does not go out that shift.
In workshop (amber) The car is in the workshop or off road.
— · day off (dimmed) A past day left uncovered: the car did not go out. Past days are history and are not changed.
⏳ (hourglass) The regular has requested an absence for that day, not yet approved: they still count in the rota.

Today's column is highlighted. Each car takes as many rows as it has shifts that week; a car with no assignment shows in one row with «—» as the shift and the cell «No driver».

#What you can do from a cell

Tap any cell from today onwards and the action sheet for that car, shift and day opens. What it offers depends on the cell and your profile (without «Assign» you can only view).

The actions for Saturday's night-shift gap on the 1219 LCS. 1234
Figure 64. The actions for Saturday's night-shift gap on the 1219 LCS.
  1. 1
    The car, the shift, the day and why it is like this: «Miguel N. day off · uncovered».
  2. 2
    Cover this day: choose who takes the car on that shift (in a cell with a driver it says Change the driver for this day).
  3. 3
    View the assignment opens the regular driver's assignment record.
  4. 4
    View the regular driver (Miguel N.) opens their driver record; View the car, the vehicle's.

Depending on the cell, the sheet also offers Change or remove the cover (on a cover or an off-road car), Assign a regular driver (on a car with no driver on that shift), View the absence or View the absence request. On a past day there are no change actions: what happened is already attributed.

#Covering a gap

Covering Saturday night on the 1219 LCS: relief driver Freddy Salazar has been chosen (not saved). 1234567
Figure 65. Covering Saturday night on the 1219 LCS: relief driver Freddy Salazar has been chosen (not saved).
  1. 1
    Why it needs covering: the regular has the day off (or is absent, or the car has no regular driver).
  2. 2
    To search by name, code or number plate among the drivers under contract in the car's branch.
  3. 3
    First, the free relief drivers. In amber, «another employer»: their contract is with another owner (here, Alcora itself, T-001, and the car belongs to T-002).
  4. 4
    Then, regular drivers of other cars («regular on 4016 NFN · D»). Those already working that day or absent appear at the end, dimmed, and cannot be chosen.
  5. 5
    The cover's reason; if left empty, FleetPilot records «Regular driver's day off» or «Regular driver's absence».
  6. 6
    Keep the car off the road: the car does not go out that shift (it records «The car does not go out this shift»).
  7. 7
    Cover saves the cover (not tapped in the screenshot).
How to cover a regular driver's day off
  1. In the Week tab, tap the Gaps indicator (or tick Gaps only) to keep only the cars to cover.

  2. Tap the day's red cell and choose Cover this day.

  3. Choose a relief driver for the shift's time slot (day for a day shift, night for a night shift) who does not already have another shift that day. If there is none, a regular driver who has that day off.

  4. If you like, write the reason («Regular's day off», «Doctor»…) and tap Cover.

The cell turns teal with the covering driver's name and the word «covers», the gap disappears from the indicator and the driver gets a notification with the car, the shift and the day. What happens on that shift is attributed to them.

To undo a cover, tap the cell and choose Change or remove the cover: the same dialog shows Remove the cover, which gives the shift back to the regular driver (or leaves it as a gap if they have the day off).

#The month at a glance

October in the month's rota: covers are only set for the next few days, so the following weeks' days off still show as gaps. 12345
Figure 66. October in the month's rota: covers are only set for the next few days, so the following weeks' days off still show as gaps.
  1. 1
    The month: the arrows go to the previous or next one.
  2. 2
    The search box, the branch and Gaps only, as in the week.
  3. 3
    The month's gaps, from today onwards (past days do not count).
  4. 4
    Today, framed. Each square carries the initials of whoever drives: blue for the regular, dark teal for a cover.
  5. 5
    A gap («!» in red). «P» is an off-road car and «T», in the workshop. Hover over it to see the details or tap the square for its actions.

The month is for planning: where uncovered days off pile up, which weeks have approved holidays and which cars are left without a driver. Covers are usually set a few days ahead, which is why the following weeks show full of «!» until traffic covers them.

#Assignments

Active assignments: who is each car's and shift's regular driver since when, with their day off and declaration. 12345678
Figure 67. Active assignments: who is each car's and shift's regular driver since when, with their day off and declaration.
  1. 1
    Active: assignments in force right now. A double-shift car has two.
  2. 2
    Without declaration: active ones whose assignment declaration the driver has not signed. Tapping it filters the list.
  3. 3
    Without day off: active ones with no days off; the rota counts them all seven days and does not show their gaps.
  4. 4
    Changes this month: assignments that started this month (new hires, car or shift changes, handovers).
  5. 5
    The filters: Active, Declaration pending, No days off, Ended (the history) and All.
  6. 6
    Period: from when to when, with the reason it ended («Reassignment», «Termination»…) if it has ended.
  7. 7
    Declaration: signed or pending (only for active ones).
  8. 8
    New assignment: a regular driver for a car and shift (with «Assign»).

Each row is an assignment: the driver, the vehicle (number plate and model), the car's owner, the shift with its time slot, the day off (M, T, W, T, F, S, S) and the period. Assignments are never deleted: when a driver changes car or leaves the company, theirs is closed with a date and time and stays in Ended. That way you can always tell who had a car on any past day.

#An assignment's record

Adrián Cortés's assignment to the day shift of 2593 MSL since 20 September: the signed declaration is missing. 123456
Figure 68. Adrián Cortés's assignment to the day shift of 2593 MSL since 20 September: the signed declaration is missing.
  1. 1
    Number plate and shift, the status (Active or Ended), the driver, the car, the owner and the period.
  2. 2
    Change days off and End the assignment (with «Assign»).
  3. 3
    Summary, Next days (the next 14, cell by cell) and Documents (the signed declaration's PDF).
  4. 4
    The warning: without the signed declaration, identifying a fine's driver depends only on the rota and the trips.
  5. 5
    Assignment: driver, vehicle, owner, shift with its time slot, day off, from and until (date and time) and who created it.
  6. 6
    Assignment declaration: pending or signed (with the signature and time). PDF generates it and Sign opens the on-screen signature for the driver.

The assignment declaration is the document in which the driver declares that they are the regular driver of that car on their shift from that date, except for days off, absences or covers, and that they are liable for the offences they commit. It is signed on the office screen with Sign (or by the driver in My shift); the signed PDF is saved automatically in Documents. If a fine arrives for that car during their shift, identifying them leaves no doubt (see Fines).

The next days of the same assignment: Adrián is on sick leave and most of his shifts are uncovered. 123
Figure 69. The next days of the same assignment: Adrián is on sick leave and most of his shifts are uncovered.
  1. 1
    An uncovered day off: marked as a Gap.
  2. 2
    An uncovered absence day («sick leave»).
  3. 3
    A covered day: Ramón Muñoz García drives it.

Each row of Next days can be tapped to cover or change that day, with the same dialog as from the week.

#Assigning a regular driver

New assignment (in the Assignments tab, in the top bar's Create button or, with the car and shift already set, from the week's «No driver» cell with Assign a regular driver) opens the assign dialog. As you choose, FleetPilot checks the rules with the database and shows you the result before saving.

New assignment of relief driver Freddy Salazar (employed by T-001) to the day shift of 2593 MSL (owned by T-003): the check prevents it. 1234567
Figure 70. New assignment of relief driver Freddy Salazar (employed by T-001) to the day shift of 2593 MSL (owned by T-003): the check prevents it.
  1. 1
    Driver and vehicle: chosen by searching by name, code or number plate.
  2. 2
    The shift (only active ones).
  3. 3
    From (date and time): today, at the current time; a future day, one hour before the shift. Past dates are not allowed.
  4. 4
    Days off each week (up to four): on those days the shift is left as a gap to cover.
  5. 5
    A blocker (in red): the car belongs to T-003 and the driver only has a contract with T-001.
  6. 6
    An informative note (blue): on saving, the current assignment for that car and shift (Adrián Cortés) would close at the same instant.
  7. 7
    Assign only becomes active without blockers; on the left, how many there are.

The check goes through, in this order: that the driver is under contract, that they have a contract in force (signed) on that date, that the car belongs to their employer, that the car is available (not retired or off road; in the workshop it only warns), the MOT (ITV, vehicle technical inspection) and insurance in force, the driver's qualifications (ID or NIE, driving licence, VTC driver permit in Madrid and a sex offences certificate less than a year old: they warn, they do not block), what is going to be closed (the driver's current assignment and the car's on that shift), that no future assignments overlap and whether the driver has an approved absence in progress. Green ones are fine, amber ones warn, blue ones inform and red ones block. If you do not tick any day off, a warning reminds you the rota will count all seven days.

How to give a car to a new driver
  1. Check in Drivers that the driver has a signed contract with the car's owner.

  2. Tap New assignment and choose the driver, the vehicle and the shift.

  3. Check the From date and time (the handover's) and tick the days off each week.

  4. Read the check: if anything is red, fix it first (contract, MOT, insurance…). Amber and blue can be accepted.

  5. Tap Assign.

  6. Open the new assignment and tap Sign so the driver signs the declaration on screen (or ask them to do it in «My shift»).

The driver becomes the regular driver of that car and shift from that moment; if there was another, their assignment closes at the same instant with the reason «Reassignment». A newly created car becomes in service. The driver gets a notification.

To end an assignment without giving the car to someone else (the driver leaves, the car is taken off the road), open its record, tap More options → End the assignment, enter the date, time and reason, and tap End. From then on the shift has no regular driver; what happened before stays attributed to the driver. Terminating a driver from Drivers closes their assignments, covers and future absences.

#Absences

Absence requests to approve, including Andrés Villalba's (C-0007), requested from «My shift». 12345678
Figure 71. Absence requests to approve, including Andrés Villalba's (C-0007), requested from «My shift».
  1. 1
    To approve: requests awaiting an answer. A request does not leave a gap until it is approved.
  2. 2
    Absent today: drivers with an approved absence that includes today.
  3. 3
    On sick leave (IT) today. The reason is health data.
  4. 4
    Holidays (30 days): approved holidays starting in the next month, to plan who covers.
  5. 5
    The filters: To approve, In progress, Upcoming, Past, Rejected and cancelled and All.
  6. 6
    A request: driver, number (AU-…), type, period, calendar days and status.
  7. 7
    Approve and Reject from the row itself (with «Assign» or «Manage contracts»).
  8. 8
    New absence: record an absence for a driver.

When approved, the driver gets a notification and from then on their shifts on those days show in the rota as gaps («Uncovered · Holidays»…) until someone covers them. When rejected (with confirmation) they are also notified. An approved absence can be cancelled from its record: the driver counts in the rota again on those days.

Adrián Cortés's sick leave as seen by Nuria: the reason, health data, is hidden. 12345
Figure 72. Adrián Cortés's sick leave as seen by Nuria: the reason, health data, is hidden.
  1. 1
    Number, status, type, driver, period and calendar days.
  2. 2
    Summary and Affected shifts: their car's shifts on those days and who drives them (tap one to cover it).
  3. 3
    How many of the absence's shifts are still uncovered.
  4. 4
    The absence details. The Reason (health data) is only visible with «Health data»; Nuria sees the padlock.
  5. 5
    Cancel the absence (with confirmation). For a request, Approve and Reject also appear, and the pencil to edit it.
New absence recorded by Marta (HR), who does have «Health data»: sick leave (not saved). 123456
Figure 73. New absence recorded by Marta (HR), who does have «Health data»: sick leave (not saved).
  1. 1
    The driver (already set if opened from their record in Drivers).
  2. 2
    Type: holidays, sick leave, paid leave, personal days, unjustified absence, suspension of employment or training.
  3. 3
    From and To, both included. Calendar days are counted below.
  4. 4
    Reason (health data): only appears with «Health data». For sick leave the diagnosis is not needed.
  5. 5
    Record it as approved: for what arrives another way (a sick note, a leave). Otherwise it stays as a request.
  6. 6
    Save (not tapped in the screenshot).
How to record sick leave
  1. The driver sends you the sick note. In Absences tap New absence.

  2. Choose the driver, the type Sick leave and the dates (if you do not know the end, enter an expected date and extend it later).

  3. Do not write the diagnosis; if you have «Health data», note only what is essential in the reason.

  4. Tick Record it as approved and tap Save.

  5. Open the absence, attach the note in Documents and, in Affected shifts, cover their shifts one by one.

The driver gets the approved-absence notification, their shifts show as gaps until you cover them and the On sick leave (IT) indicator counts them while it lasts.

#Shift templates

The night shift template: ten hours crossing midnight. 12345
Figure 74. The night shift template: ten hours crossing midnight.
  1. 1
    Code (one to four letters or digits: D, N, C, TD…) and name.
  2. 2
    Start and end time: if the end is earlier than the start, the shift ends the next day.
  3. 3
    Days the shift runs; the others show greyed out in the rota («No shift that day»).
  4. 4
    Colour, order in the rota and Active: inactive ones are not offered when assigning.
  5. 5
    The shift's hours and whether it crosses midnight. If it exceeds the maximum daily working time in Settings, it warns.

The Shifts tab lists the templates with their time slot, hours, the days they run and how many active assignments each has. With «Assign» they are created with New shift and changed by tapping their row. A shift that crosses midnight belongs to the day it starts: a trip at 01:30 on Sunday belongs to Saturday's night shift (and to Saturday's cover, if any).

#A branch's rota

The rota of Sergio, Málaga branch manager: only the cars of the AGP branch, with no branch selector. 123
Figure 75. The rota of Sergio, Málaga branch manager: only the cars of the AGP branch, with no branch selector.
  1. 1
    The indicators only count his branch's shifts.
  2. 2
    No Branch drop-down: Sergio only sees Málaga.
  3. 3
    The cars of Málaga's owners. To cover, only drivers from the AGP branch are offered.

#Tips

  • Start the day with Gaps only. The week's Gaps indicator is your to-do list: each gap today is a car that does not go out.
  • Always record covers, even if it is a verbal swap between colleagues: otherwise that day's trips, fuel card and fines are charged to the regular driver.
  • Do not chain a night with the next morning. FleetPilot does not prevent it when covering; Working time and Discrepancies flag it afterwards as insufficient rest.
  • Set the day off on every assignment. Without it the rota counts all seven days and does not show you the gaps.
  • Sign the declaration the same day as the assignment. The Without declaration indicator should be at zero.
  • Approve holidays early and look at Holidays (30 days) to plan the relief drivers.
  • To move a driver to another car, use New assignment: it closes the previous one at the same instant and leaves no overlaps or gaps in attribution.

Operations

Bookings

Pre-booked services for business clients (hotels, agencies, companies): pick-up, destination, flight and passengers, the car and driver who do them, their prior notification to the Ministry's VTC service register and their monthly invoicing.

Who uses it: Traffic and the branch; administration for invoicingAccess: «Bookings» section; to create, assign and notify them, «Edit bookings»; prices, «See revenue»

Besides platform trips, a VTC fleet manager runs services for business clients: a hotel asking for an airport transfer, a law firm hiring a car by the hour, an agency with a group. Bookings records those services: the client, pick-up and destination, date and time, the flight (to follow its delay), the passengers, the vehicle requirement (standard, premium, minivan, PRM-adapted —for persons with reduced mobility—, electric…) and the agreed price excluding VAT. Then the car and driver are assigned, the service is notified to the Ministry register before it starts and, once done, it is invoiced to the client at the end of the month from Invoicing.

It has three tabs: Bookings (the list), Calendar (the week) and Clients (their records and terms).

#The list of bookings

Bookings as seen by the traffic manager: today's, assigned and notified; those of the coming days, pending. 1234567
Figure 76. Bookings as seen by the traffic manager: today's, assigned and notified; those of the coming days, pending.
  1. 1
    Today and 7 days: bookings with pick-up today and over the next week (excluding cancelled ones).
  2. 2
    Unassigned: pending, with no car or driver, picking up within the next 48 hours. They need assigning now.
  3. 3
    Not notified: assigned but not yet notified to the VTC service register. Starting without notifying is a very serious offence.
  4. 4
    Completed this month with their amount excluding VAT (with «See revenue») and Cancelled or client no-show.
  5. 5
    The search box: number, client, origin, destination, flight, number plate or driver. Below, the filters by status.
  6. 6
    The assigned car and driver and the status in the VTC register (notified, not notified, cancelled).
  7. 7
    New booking (also from Create, at the top).
Status What it means
Pending Recorded, with no car or driver.
Assigned With car and driver; it must be notified before the pick-up time.
In progress The service has started.
Completed Done: it goes into the client's monthly invoice.
Cancelled / Client no-show It did not happen. A notified cancellation is cancelled in the register; a no-show can be invoiced according to the client's terms.

#A booking's record

Booking RS-2026-0220 for Bufete Castellana 120: today at 14:00, Gran Vía → Pozuelo, assigned. 123456
Figure 77. Booking RS-2026-0220 for Bufete Castellana 120: today at 14:00, Gran Vía → Pozuelo, assigned.
  1. 1
    Number, branch, status and client, with the date and route.
  2. 2
    Date, time, passengers and price excluding VAT.
  3. 3
    Route: pick-up, destination, type (transfer, by the hour, event…) and the planned pick-up and end times.
  4. 4
    Passenger and requirements: the name for the sign (not sent to the register), their phone (with «Contact data»), the passengers and the vehicle requirement.
  5. 5
    Car and driver with Change (or Assign if it has none yet).
  6. 6
    The client with their terms: payment days and discount.
How to assign a booking
  1. Open the booking (in the list, filter Unassigned).

  2. In Car and driver, tap Assign.

  3. The app proposes the branch's cars that meet everything: the requirement, the seats, the documentation (MOT and insurance) and a driver on shift in that car at that time (rota assignment or cover) and free of other bookings. With Show all, the rest too, with what they fail.

  4. Choose the car: the driver is whoever has it at that time.

The booking becomes «Assigned». If it had already been notified and the car changes, the change must be notified.
Assigning RS-2026-0251: the cars that meet everything, with their driver on shift (not assigned). 12
Figure 78. Assigning RS-2026-0251: the cars that meet everything, with their driver on shift (not assigned).
  1. 1
    How many cars meet everything out of those available, and Show all to see the others too.
  2. 2
    Each car with its driver on shift (N, night; D, day), the model, the seats and the owner, and whether it is electric or PRM-adapted.

#Notifying the VTC service register

Every VTC service is notified electronically to the Ministry of Transport register before it starts: the hiring company and its tax ID, the intermediary, the place and date of the contract, the place and time of the start, the end date and the number plate. No passenger data. The booking's VTC register tab holds the notifications made and the buttons to notify the booking, a change, the start or the cancellation. In the demo, notification is simulated with the shape of the official web service (see Simulated integrations).

Booking RS-2026-0220 notified to the register (simulated). 123
Figure 79. Booking RS-2026-0220 notified to the register (simulated).
  1. 1
    What is notified and when (RD 785/2021): no passenger data. In Madrid, if it cannot be notified, the route sheet justifies it.
  2. 2
    Report an amendment, Report the start or Annul in the register.
  3. 3
    Each notification with its register reference, date and result (Notified).

#New booking, calendar and clients

The form for a new booking (not saved). 123456
Figure 80. The form for a new booking (not saved).
  1. 1
    The client (searched by name or code) and the branch that will do the service.
  2. 2
    The type (transfer, by the hour, event…), the hours booked if by the hour, the date and the time.
  3. 3
    Pick-up and destination.
  4. 4
    The flight, to follow its delay on an airport pick-up, and the passengers.
  5. 5
    The vehicle requirement: it decides which cars are proposed when assigning.
  6. 6
    The price excluding VAT (the client's discount is applied on the invoice).
The week's calendar: each booking on its day, with the time, client, route, car and driver. 123
Figure 81. The week's calendar: each booking on its day, with the time, client, route, car and driver.
  1. 1
    The week (the others with the arrows) and the total number of bookings.
  2. 2
    Today, highlighted.
  3. 3
    Each booking in green if assigned or done, in amber if pending. Tap it to open its record.
Business clients with their terms, bookings and invoiced amounts. 123
Figure 82. Business clients with their terms, bookings and invoiced amounts.
  1. 1
    Active clients, upcoming bookings, amount invoiced in 12 months and outstanding.
  2. 2
    Filters: active, with outstanding amounts, with overdue invoices, inactive.
  3. 3
    Each client's payment days, discount, bookings, invoiced and outstanding.

#Tips

  • Assign early: the «Unassigned» indicator only looks 48 hours ahead.
  • Notify as soon as you assign: if you then change the car, notify the change.
  • Add the flight to airport pick-ups: the driver sees the delay.

Operations

Live map

Where each car is and what it is doing according to its telematics unit, with its current driver and its route of the day; and the platforms' trips for any period with the route the car followed, its driving events and who was driving.

Who uses it: Traffic and the branch; workshop and management to consultAccess: «Live map» section; positions, routes and trip routes, «See location»; trip amounts, «See revenue»

Each car carries a telematics unit (GPS) that sends its position, its speed, whether the engine is on and driving events (harsh braking, harsh acceleration, speeding). The Live map plots them on the map in the colour of their status and, alongside, lists the fleet with the current driver: the one covering that day or, if none, the one whose assignment shift includes that time (the same attribution rule the whole app uses: every event is attributed to whoever had the car at that moment).

In the demo the telematics are simulated with the API shape of a real provider (see Simulated integrations), and the data runs up to 06:45 each morning.

The Live map has two tabs:

  • Fleet: the picture right now. Where each car is, who is driving it and, when you tap it, its route of the day.
  • Trips: the history. The trips of every platform (Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW, taxi and direct bookings) in a period and, when you pick one, the route the car followed, coloured by speed, with its harsh acceleration, braking, cornering and speeding, the speed chart with the road speed limit and who was driving.

#The fleet on the map

The Madrid fleet map as seen by the traffic manager. 12345678
Figure 83. The Madrid fleet map as seen by the traffic manager.
  1. 1
    The two tabs of the Live map: Fleet (right now) and Trips (a period's trips with their route).
  2. 2
    The count by status: on a trip (with a passenger or on the way to pick one up), free, idle (engine on, not moving) and switched off.
  3. 3
    Each car in its place, in the colour of its status. Tap it to see its card and route.
  4. 4
    The controls: points of interest (airports, stations, the ZBE —low-emission zone—), number plates and names on the map, fit all cars, zoom in and zoom out.
  5. 5
    The list's search box and the filters by branch and by platform.
  6. 6
    The statuses as filters: tap one to see only those cars.
  7. 7
    Each car in the list: number plate, model, current driver with their shift, status, speed and how long ago its last position arrived.
  8. 8
    When the map was updated and when the last signal arrived.

#A car's route for the day

The card for the Toyota Camry 1219 LCS with today's route. 123456
Figure 84. The card for the Toyota Camry 1219 LCS with today's route.
  1. 1
    The car with its number plate and owner, and the arrow to go back to the list.
  2. 2
    Its status (telematics, availability and car status), the current driver, the shift, the last trip, today's trips and km, the speed, the odometer and the last position.
  3. 3
    Shortcuts to the vehicle record and the driver record.
  4. 4
    The route drawn on the map: each trip follows the actual route recorded by telematics, street by street.
  5. 5
    Route of the day: today, yesterday or another day, with km, journeys, trips, the percentage with a passenger and events.
  6. 6
    The legend: journey with a trip (green: it matches a trip on some platform), without a trip (amber: km with no passenger) and the single positions.

Below, the day's list: each platform trip with its time, route and amount, each telematics journey and each driving event. Km without trips are what later shows up in Discrepancies («km without trips») if over the threshold.

On the map, trips are no longer straight lines between pick-up and drop-off: each trip draws the route the car followed according to telematics (a point every 20–30 seconds and at every turn). To look at a trip in detail —its speed, its events and who was driving—, use the Trips tab.

How to find a car and see what it has done today
  1. Open Live map. Type the number plate or the driver in the list's search box.

  2. Tap the car in the list (or on the map).

  3. On its card, look at the route of the day; with Yesterday or Another day, another day's.

  4. If something does not add up (many km without trips, a driving event), open the vehicle or driver record.

#Trips: the route of each trip

The Trips tab brings together the trips of every platform that ended in a period, most recent first. They come from Production, each attributed to whoever had the car, and the route comes from telematics (Sherlog, on the Wialon platform). Use it to check a passenger complaint, see which way a long trip went, see how someone drives or explain mileage that does not add up.

Yesterday's trips for the whole fleet (Madrid and Málaga), with their figures and the out-of-range events. 123456
Figure 85. Yesterday's trips for the whole fleet (Madrid and Málaga), with their figures and the out-of-range events.
  1. 1
    The period: today, yesterday, the last 7 days or a date range (up to three months).
  2. 2
    The filters: platform, branch, status (completed, cancelled…), a driver or a car.
  3. 3
    Out of range only: only the trips with a driving event above the company thresholds.
  4. 4
    The figures for what is filtered: completed trips, km, net to the fleet (with «See revenue») and how many have out-of-range events, with the count by type.
  5. 5
    Each trip: platform, pick-up and drop-off time, origin → destination, driver, number plate, km and minutes, and the amount. A red number counts its out-of-range events.
  6. 6
    Tap a trip to see its route on the map.

Telematics keeps the route for the last 14 days and only for cars with a unit fitted: older trips appear in the list, but without a map («no route»). A cancelled trip has no route either. The button at the foot of the list loads more trips.

An Uber trip from yesterday, from Las Rozas to airport Terminal 1, with five driving events out of range. 12345678
Figure 86. An Uber trip from yesterday, from Las Rozas to airport Terminal 1, with five driving events out of range.
  1. 1
    The legend: the colour of the line by speed (from light blue, slow, to dark blue, fast) and the events out of range (red) or within range (amber).
  2. 2
    The pick-up and the first events: a harsh acceleration and a harsh braking. Each circle is an event; tap it to see its value.
  3. 3
    A speeding event: 132 km/h on a 100 road for almost five minutes.
  4. 4
    Fit route on screen puts the whole route back on screen; with plus and minus you zoom in and out.
  5. 5
    The speed chart: the line is the car's speed and the dashed one, the road speed limit. The peaks above it are the speeding; hover to see the time, the speed and where it was.
  6. 6
    The pick-up and drop-off with their time, the distance, the duration, the average and top speed, and how many events are out of range.
  7. 7
    The trip's driving events with their value, the company threshold and whether they are out of range.
  8. 8
    Who was driving and why the trip is attributed to them (further down, when you scroll).

At the top of the panel, the arrow goes back to the list with the same filters. The events in the list and the circles on the map are the same: tap one and the map goes to that point. Below the figures box, «According to telematics» gives the km the car drove according to GPS and how many points the route has (they may not quite match the distance the platform reports).

The end of the trip panel: who was driving, the car and the amounts. 12345
Figure 87. The end of the trip panel: who was driving, the car and the amounts.
  1. 1
    Who was driving: the driver (tap to open their record) and the rule by which the trip is attributed to them: the day's cover, the shift assignment, a manual reassignment or their platform account.
  2. 2
    The telematics check: who had the car according to the rota when the route started. If it does not match, an amber warning appears.
  3. 3
    The car (tap to open its record), its model and owner, the branch and the payment method.
  4. 4
    The amounts (with «See revenue»): gross including VAT, the platform commission, net to the fleet, the tip and the toll.
  5. 5
    Trip record: the detail in Production, with the explanation of the attribution and the reassignment.
How to check a passenger complaint
  1. Open Live map → Trips and choose the period: Yesterday, Last 7 days or Dates….

  2. Filter by driver or car (and the platform, if you know it).

  3. Tap the trip: look at the route, the speed chart and the driving events.

  4. Check under Who was driving that the trip belongs to whom you think; if not, fix it from the Trip record in Production.

  5. If there are repeated out-of-range events, talk to the driver: they are meant to guide their training.

You can also get here from Production: each trip record has the See route on the map button, which opens this tab with the trip already selected. And from the list, with Out of range only and a driver, you can see at a glance their trips with harsh braking or speeding.

In Trips, without «See location» you see the list of trips with their driver, car, distance and duration, but not the route or the driving events. Amounts, only with «See revenue».

#Tips

  • Filter by «Free» to see which cars can take an urgent booking.
  • Turn on the points of interest to see the airport queue or the ZBE.
  • Check the km without trips of the cars with the most amber: they usually explain a discrepancy.
  • Look at Trips → Last 7 days with «Out of range only» once a week: the drivers who come up most often are the first ones to talk to.

Operations

Incidents

Breakdowns, damage, client complaints, lost items, cleaning and accidents reported by drivers or the office: their priority, who handles them, how they are resolved and how they are passed on to the workshop or to a claim.

Who uses it: Traffic, workshop and fleet, the branch; drivers open them from My shiftAccess: «Incidents» section; to open, assign and resolve them, «Edit incidents»; the client's contact, «Contact data»

An incident is anything that happens to a car or a service and needs dealing with: a breakdown (it will not start, a warning light on), damage to the vehicle (a loose mirror), a client complaint (late arrival, bad route), an item left behind by a passenger, cleaning or an accident. Drivers open them from My shift (with photos) and so does the office. Each has a priority (low, medium, high, urgent), a status (open, in progress, resolved, discarded) and, if needed, an assigned person. Breakdowns and damage go to the Workshop as an order; accidents, to Claims.

#The list of incidents

Open incidents as seen by the traffic manager. 1234567
Figure 88. Open incidents as seen by the traffic manager.
  1. 1
    Open: not closed (open or in progress).
  2. 2
    Urgent and high and unassigned: the first thing to look at.
  3. 3
    Items in custody: left behind by passengers and not yet returned. Next to it, the average resolution time (30 days).
  4. 4
    Filters by type, priority, origin (driver, office, client, platform), vehicle and driver.
  5. 5
    The views with their count: open, urgent and high, unassigned, assigned to me, breakdowns and damage, complaints, lost items, resolved and discarded.
  6. 6
    The origin, the priority and who it is assigned to.
  7. 7
    New incident (also from Create).

#The record and what you do with it

Breakdown IN-2026-0011: the tyre-pressure warning on the Kia Niro 1714 NFD. 12345
Figure 89. Breakdown IN-2026-0011: the tyre-pressure warning on the Kia Niro 1714 NFD.
  1. 1
    Number, type and status, the short description, when, the origin and who opened it.
  2. 2
    Priority, status, how long it has been open and who it is assigned to.
  3. 3
    The incident: type, priority, origin, date and description.
  4. 4
    The vehicle and the driver who had it (attributed by the time), with its branch.
  5. 5
    Resolve (with what was done), Assign to someone, Send to workshop (creates the order), Open a claim or Dismiss.

Depending on the type, the record has its own block: for a complaint, who complains, their contact (with «Contact data»), the platform or the booking, the reason and the reply to the client; for a lost item, what it is, where it is kept and, when it is returned, to whom, how (at the branch, via the driver, by courier or through the platform) and when.

A client complaint: the driver was 20 minutes late for a hotel booking. 12
Figure 90. A client complaint: the driver was 20 minutes late for a hotel booking.
  1. 1
    The complaint: the client, their contact (hidden without «Contact data»), the platform, the trip reference, the reason and the reply.
  2. 2
    Reply to customer records the reply given.
How to send a breakdown to the workshop
  1. Open the incident (view Breakdowns and damage).

  2. Tap Send to workshop: a workshop order is opened for that car with the incident's description.

  3. The incident stays in progress and linked to the order; when the workshop finishes, it is resolved.

The order appears in the Workshop and the car becomes «In workshop» when it goes in.

If the job is done in the in-house workshop, book it from Workshop → Appointments with the incident as its source: the appointment creates its scheduled order linked to the incident and notifies the car's drivers.

When creating an incident, the first thing is the type. 12
Figure 91. When creating an incident, the first thing is the type.
  1. 1
    A search box for types.
  2. 2
    Each type with its explanation: breakdown, damage to the vehicle, client complaint, lost item, cleaning, accident or other. Then the car, the description and the priority are requested.

#Tips

  • Assign every incident to someone: the «Assigned to me» view is each person's to-do list.
  • Always answer complaints and record it: if the client calls again, the reply is on the record.
  • Record the hand-over of lost items: who took it and when.

Fleet

Vehicles

The VTC and taxi fleet: each car with its owner, its status, its licence, its insurance, its MOT, its mileage, whether it meets the vehicle requirements and what it earns and costs each month.

Who uses it: Workshop and fleet, traffic, the branch, administration, management and auditAccess: «Vehicles» section; to create, edit, change status and record the MOT, «Edit vehicles»; the monthly fee and purchase value, «See costs»; the month's net, «See revenue»

Vehicles is the register of the fleet managed by Alcora Movilidad: the VTC cars (vehículos de turismo con conductor, the private hire cars that work with Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW or client bookings) and the taxis of Madrid's licence holders. Each car belongs to an owner (the self-employed person or company that contributes it together with the licence) and sits in that owner's branch (Madrid or Málaga). For each one FleetPilot keeps:

  • Its identification: number plate, chassis number (the 17-character VIN), make, model, version, colour, date of first registration and service (VTC or taxi).
  • Its technical data: fuel, the DGT environmental label (Dirección General de Tráfico, the Spanish traffic authority: ZERO, ECO, C, B or no label), seats, whether it is adapted for PRM (persons with reduced mobility), length, fiscal horsepower in CVF (caballos fiscales), tank, battery and reference consumption.
  • Whether it meets the vehicle requirements that the ROTT (Reglamento de la Ley de Ordenación de los Transportes Terrestres, the land transport regulation) sets for a VTC, or the taxi's maximum age.
  • The owner and tenure (owned, renting, leasing or loaned), the leasing company, the monthly fee and the contract end.
  • The VTC licence or taxi licence it is attached to (see Licences) and the policy covering it today (see Insurance).
  • The MOT (ITV, Inspección Técnica de Vehículos, the vehicle technical inspection): the last one, its result and the next one; for taxis, also the taximeter and its annual verification.
  • The mileage, which arrives automatically from telematics (the car's GPS unit) or is entered by hand and in each workshop order.
  • What it does each month: trips, income, costs and margin, with the drivers who have driven it.

From a car's record you can reach everything that hangs from it: its drivers (Rota), its workshop (Workshop), its claims (Claims), its fines (Fines), its cards and expenses.

  1. 1OnboardingJust created: it does not have a driver yet.
  2. 2In serviceWith its first assignment in the Rota it becomes in service automatically.
  3. 3In workshopWhen a workshop order checks in; it returns to in service when the order is completed.
  4. 4Off roadIt cannot work for another reason (failed MOT, paperwork…): it cannot be assigned.
  5. 5RetiredFinal: it closes its assignments, cards, policy and licence.
A vehicle's statuses. In service, In workshop and Off road come and go; retirement cannot be undone.

#The vehicle list

Vehicles as seen by the workshop and fleet manager: 68 active cars across the two branches. 12345678
Figure 92. Vehicles as seen by the workshop and fleet manager: 68 active cars across the two branches.
  1. 1
    In service: cars working out of all those not retired («64 / 68»). Next to it, In workshop, Off road and No driver. Each indicator can be tapped to filter the list, and its ⓘ explains where the figure comes from.
  2. 2
    No driver: in-service cars that currently have no assignment on any shift. That is lost production: assign them a driver in the Rota.
  3. 3
    MOT expired or due: MOT expired, without a date or expiring within the expiry warning period set in Settings. «7 · 1 expired» means seven to review, one already expired.
  4. 4
    Uninsured: in-service, in-workshop or off-road cars that are not on any policy in force today. Next to it, the fleet's average age and the ECO and ZERO share.
  5. 5
    The search box: by number plate (with or without a space), VIN, make, model, owner, licence, policy, driver, telematics unit or taximeter number.
  6. 6
    The filters with their counts: Active, In service, In workshop, Off road & onboarding, No driver, MOT to review, Insurance to review, Requirements, Maintenance, VTC, Taxis and Cancelled (the row scrolls sideways).
  7. 7
    The MOT and Insurance columns: the status (valid, expiring soon, expired) with the date and how long is left. The row of a car with an expired MOT or no insurance is shown in light red.
  8. 8
    New vehicle creates a car (with «Edit vehicles»). To its left, Filters (branch, owner, fuel and label) and Export CSV.

Each row shows the vehicle (the plate with the environmental label, an icon if it is a taxi or PRM-adapted, the make, the model and its age), the owner with their code, their branch and the tenure, the status (with the reason if it is not in service), the drivers assigned to it (with their shift in brackets), the MOT, the insurance, the mileage and, if your profile sees revenue, the month's net with its trips. Tap a column header to sort by it.

Filter What it shows
Active All except retired ones (the starting filter).
In service · In workshop By status.
Off road & onboarding Off-road cars and newly created ones that do not have a driver yet.
No driver In service with no assignment in force.
MOT to review MOT expired, expiring soon or without a date.
Insurance to review No policy, with the policy expired or expiring soon (onboarding cars do not count).
Requirements Those that do not meet the vehicle requirements, doubtful ones, those with data missing and those reaching the age limit in 180 days or less.
Maintenance With maintenance overdue or due soon according to the plans in Workshop.
VTC · Taxis By service.
Cancelled Retired cars, which are kept with their full history.

The Filters button (the one with the sliders) adds four filters that combine with those in the row: Branch (only if you see both), Owner, Fuel and Environmental label; the number on the button says how many are set and Clear filters removes them.

#Reviewing MOTs about to expire

Once a week, or when the Dashboard warns about an MOT, tap the MOT expired or due indicator (or the MOT to review filter). The warning appears with the notice period of Expiry warning in Settings.

The «MOT to review» filter: taxi 4749 LJN with an expired MOT and six cars due for it in the coming weeks. 1234
Figure 93. The «MOT to review» filter: taxi 4749 LJN with an expired MOT and six cars due for it in the coming weeks.
  1. 1
    The MOT to review filter, active.
  2. 2
    Taxi 4749 LJN is in the workshop: its clutch is being replaced before the MOT.
  3. 3
    Its MOT expired on 7 October: until it passes, it cannot be driven or assigned to any driver.
  4. 4
    The Skoda Superb 9373 KRR has it on the 19th: expiring soon. Its MOT order is already scheduled in Workshop.
How to bring a car's MOT up to date
  1. Schedule the inspection: on the car's record, More options → New work order with type MOT, the station and the date (see Workshop).

  2. On the day of the inspection, open the record and tap Record on the MOT card (or More options → Record MOT).

  3. Enter the Inspection date, the Result and the Next MOT shown on the MOT card (FleetPilot proposes it according to RD 920/2017). If you have it, enter the mileage.

  4. Tap Record MOT and attach the card or the station's report in the Documents tab.

The MOT is back to «Valid», the open MOT order closes automatically as completed and the car can be assigned again.

#A vehicle's record

Tapping a row opens the car's record on the right. At the top, the owner, the branch and the service, the status, the number plate with the make and model, and the buttons to edit it and for the other actions (More options). Below, the tabs: Summary, Drivers, Production & profitability, Workshop, Claims, Fines, Expenses & cards, Documents and, with the «See audit log» permission, Changes.

Record of the Skoda Superb 9373 KRR, a diesel VTC with label C belonging to owner T-003. 12345678
Figure 94. Record of the Skoda Superb 9373 KRR, a diesel VTC with label C belonging to owner T-003.
  1. 1
    Owner, branch and service; the car's status; the number plate, make and model; and below, the version, colour, age and owner.
  2. 2
    The pencil (Edit) opens the vehicle form.
  3. 3
    More options: change the status, record the MOT, update the mileage, verify the taximeter, open a workshop order, an inspection or a claim.
  4. 4
    The tabs, with their counts: drivers with an assignment in force, open workshop orders, claims and fines.
  5. 5
    The key figures: mileage, next MOT, insured until, trips this month and, with «See revenue», the month's net.
  6. 6
    Identification: number plate, VIN, make and model, colour, first registration (with its age), service and branch.
  7. 7
    Technical data: fuel, environmental label (here C, a Euro 6 diesel), seats, PRM, length, fiscal horsepower, tank and reference consumption (used to detect abnormal refuels).
  8. 8
    VTC vehicle requirements (ROTT art. 181.2): seats, power, length and age, each with the car's figure. This one complies and stops meeting the age requirement on 25-8-2029.

If something is not in order, the record says so in a warning below the figures: the car off road or in workshop (with the reason), the MOT expired, uninsured, a VTC without a licence attached, that it does not meet the requirements or that it has maintenance overdue.

Further down the same record: the licence, the insurance, the MOT and the mileage of 9373 KRR. 1234567
Figure 95. Further down the same record: the licence, the insurance, the MOT and the mileage of 9373 KRR.
  1. 1
    Owner and tenure: who contributes the car (tap to open the owner) and how they hold it. The leasing fee and the purchase value only appear with «See costs».
  2. 2
    Licence: the VTC licence it is attached to (tap it to open it), its status, the endorsement (visado) and the badge.
  3. 3
    Insurance: the policy covering it today, the type, the expiry and the cover. If passenger liability is missing, a red warning appears.
  4. 4
    MOT: the last one (15-12-2025, passed) and the next one (19-10-2026, expiring soon). The bar runs from one MOT to the next.
  5. 5
    Record enters the new MOT (with «Edit vehicles»).
  6. 6
    The frequency in RD 920/2017 would propose 15-12-2027, but the date on the MOT card prevails: FleetPilot only proposes.
  7. 7
    Mileage & telematics: the mileage and its last reading, the month's mileage in service, the GPS unit, the next maintenance and the last inspection.

#A taxi in the workshop

Taxis have the same record with three differences: the requirements are only the maximum age (10 years in Madrid), the licence is a taxi licence (municipal, without the ROTT's two-yearly endorsement) and there is one more card, the taximeter.

Taxi 4749 LJN from Radiotaxi Retiro: in the workshop and with an expired MOT. 123456
Figure 96. Taxi 4749 LJN from Radiotaxi Retiro: in the workshop and with an expired MOT.
  1. 1
    A taxi (TAXI in the top line and the car icon) with status In workshop.
  2. 2
    The reason for the status: set by the workshop order on check-in (or by whoever changes the status by hand).
  3. 3
    The expired MOT warning: the car cannot be driven or assigned until the new one is recorded.
  4. 4
    Taxi requirements: up to 10 years old (Decree 74/2005, art. 20). This one stops qualifying on 4-11-2031.
  5. 5
    An LPG taxi: FleetPilot proposed the ECO label because of the fuel.
  6. 6
    The Fines tab with its two fines: each attributed to whoever was driving the car at that moment.
Taxi 2962 MGN: its licence, its MOT and the taximeter verification, which expires on 22 October. 123
Figure 97. Taxi 2962 MGN: its licence, its MOT and the taximeter verification, which expires on 22 October.
  1. 1
    The taxi licence it is attached to. The endorsement shows «No date»: taxi licences do not have the ROTT's two-yearly endorsement.
  2. 2
    A taxi's MOT: annual up to 5 years old and every six months from 5 years (RD 920/2017, art. 6.1).
  3. 3
    Taximeter: its number, the last verification and the next one, which here is expiring soon. Verification is annual and after every fare change.

#The car's drivers

The Drivers tab of 9373 KRR: a day driver, a night driver and the relief drivers who cover their days off. 1234
Figure 98. The Drivers tab of 9373 KRR: a day driver, a night driver and the relief drivers who cover their days off.
  1. 1
    The Drivers tab, with how many assignments in force the car has.
  2. 2
    Each assignment in force: the driver, the shift with its time slot, since when and whether they signed the assignment declaration. Tap it to open it in the Rota.
  3. 3
    The covers for the next few days: who drives the car when the regular driver has the day off or is absent.
  4. 4
    The day, the shift (D, day; N, night), the covering driver and the reason.

Further down is the History: assignments already ended, with their end date and the reason (reassignment, driver termination, vehicle retirement…). With all this FleetPilot knows who had the car at every instant and attributes to that person each trip, refuel, journey, fine or claim: the day's cover prevails over the shift's assignment.

#Production and profitability

The Production & profitability tab answers two questions: what the car is doing this month and how much it leaves. It is the one management looks at; what you see depends on your profile: with «See revenue», the net euros; with «See costs», the costs; with both, the margin. With neither, only trips and kilometres.

Production and profitability of 9373 KRR as seen by management, with income and costs. 1234
Figure 99. Production and profitability of 9373 KRR as seen by management, with income and costs.
  1. 1
    The month's figures: trips, km in service, net, net per km and the average monthly margin of closed months.
  2. 2
    By platform: what the car has done this month on Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW, direct services or, for a taxi, street hails and the dispatch radio (net and trips).
  3. 3
    By driver: who has produced with the car. Besides the two regular drivers, the relief drivers who covered it appear; «Unattributed» are trips that could not be attributed.
  4. 4
    Income and costs in recent months: the net (blue), the costs (amber) and the margin line. The current month, highlighted, is incomplete.
The car's account: trips, km, net income and each cost item for the last six months. 1234
Figure 100. The car's account: trips, km, net income and each cost item for the last six months.
  1. 1
    Car profit & loss: one column per month, with the same criteria as the owner's settlement.
  2. 2
    Net income: the car's net production with the platforms' incentives.
  3. 3
    The costs: fuel and charging from its cards, completed workshop work (excluding what the insurance pays), the monthly premium, the renting or leasing fee, fines not passed on to the driver and other validated expenses.
  4. 4
    Margin: income − costs. It is what the car contributes before its drivers' payroll and the management fee.

#The car's workshop, claims, fines and expenses

The Workshop tab of Corolla 9744 LCT: its appointment at the in-house workshop, three upcoming maintenance jobs and its order history. 12345
Figure 101. The Workshop tab of Corolla 9744 LCT: its appointment at the in-house workshop, three upcoming maintenance jobs and its order history.
  1. 1
    The appointments at the in-house workshop from today on, with their bay, mechanic and status (here, to confirm). Tap one to open it.
  2. 2
    The car's upcoming maintenance according to the plans in Workshop, by km and by time.
  3. 3
    The service is due at 420,000 km (827 to go) and already has its order scheduled: tap it to open it.
  4. 4
    Schedule a maintenance job that has no order yet: book it at the in-house workshop or create the order at an external workshop.
  5. 5
    The car's workshop orders, with the date, the workshop, the days off road, the work, the status and, with «See costs», the cost.
  • Claims: the car's accident reports with the date, the driver, fault, status and, with «See costs», the cost (see Claims).
  • Fines: each fine with the identified driver, the authority, the identification status and the amount (see Fines).
  • Expenses & cards: the fuel, charging or toll cards that go with the car (others go with the driver), the month's refuels and charges with their anomalies, and the expenses charged to the car (see Fuel cards and Expenses).
  • Documents: the technical data sheet, the registration certificate, the MOT card, the leasing contract, photos… Besides the car's own, you see (without being able to change them) those of its licence and its policy.
  • Changes: who changed what and when, with the «See audit log» permission (see Audit log).

#The actions in More options

The More options menu of a taxi as seen by the workshop and fleet manager. 12345678
Figure 102. The More options menu of a taxi as seen by the workshop and fleet manager.
  1. 1
    Change status: in service, in workshop, off road or retired, with the reason.
  2. 2
    Record MOT: the inspection, its result and the next one.
  3. 3
    Update mileage: an odometer reading (telematics sets it automatically).
  4. 4
    Verify taximeter: only on taxis.
  5. 5
    New workshop order with the car already filled in (see Workshop).
  6. 6
    Book at the in-house workshop: the appointment with its bay, mechanic and scheduled order (see Workshop appointments).
  7. 7
    New inspection: the car's 12 photos at a handover, a return or after an incident.
  8. 8
    New claim: an accident report (see Claims).

Each option only appears if your profile can do it: changing the status and recording the MOT need «Edit vehicles»; updating the mileage, «Edit vehicles» or «Edit workshop»; verifying the taximeter, «Edit vehicles» or «Edit licences»; the order, the inspection and the in-house workshop appointment, the Workshop section with «Edit workshop» (the inspection also with «Edit claims»); the claim, the Claims section with «Edit claims». A retired car no longer has actions.

How to record an MOT
  1. Open the car's record and tap Record on the MOT card or More options → Record MOT.

  2. Check the Inspection date (today by default; it cannot be in the future) and choose the Result: passed, failed or rejected.

  3. Review the Next MOT: FleetPilot proposes it with the frequency in RD 920/2017 and recalculates it when you change the date or result; if the MOT card says otherwise, enter the card's date.

  4. If you have the reading, enter the Odometer reading and tap Record MOT.

The MOT is recorded with its result and the next date; if the result is rejected, the car becomes «Off road».
Recording the MOT of taxi 4749 LJN with a failed result (the form has not been saved). 1234567
Figure 103. Recording the MOT of taxi 4749 LJN with a failed result (the form has not been saved).
  1. 1
    Inspection date: the one on the station's report; it cannot be in the future.
  2. 2
    Result: passed, failed (there are defects to fix) or rejected (it cannot be driven except to go to the workshop).
  3. 3
    Next MOT: with a failed result, FleetPilot proposes returning within 2 months; with a pass, in a year (a taxi under 5 years old).
  4. 4
    The reading's km: they only count if they are more than the current ones.
  5. 5
    The frequency that applies: for taxis, annual up to 5 years and every six months from 5; for VTC cars, that of passenger cars.
  6. 6
    The result's warning: fix the defects and pass it again within 2 months at most.
  7. 7
    Record MOT (not tapped in the screenshot).
How to change a car's status or retire it
  1. On the record, tap More options → Change status.

  2. Choose the New status: in service, in workshop, off road or retired (the current status is not offered).

  3. Write the Reason: it is required to take it off the road or retire it (for example, «Awaiting the MOT card» or «Sold together with the licence»).

  4. If it is a retirement, enter the Retirement date and read the warning: retirement cannot be undone.

  5. Tap Change status.

The car changes status and the reason appears in the list and on the record. A retirement also closes everything that hangs from the car.
Changing the status of 9373 KRR to «Retired»: the warning explains everything retirement does (not saved). 12345
Figure 104. Changing the status of 9373 KRR to «Retired»: the warning explains everything retirement does (not saved).
  1. 1
    New status: here, Retired.
  2. 2
    Reason: required to take it off the road or retire it; it appears in the list and on the record.
  3. 3
    Retirement date: only for retirement.
  4. 4
    What retirement does: it closes the assignments and cards, removes the car from its policy the following day, detaches it from its licence (which will have 2 months to attach another) and cancels scheduled workshop orders.
  5. 5
    Change status (not tapped in the screenshot).

To take a car to the workshop it is better to open a workshop order than to change the status by hand: the order sets it «In workshop» on check-in and returns it to «Operational» on completion, and counts the days off road. Update mileage records an odometer reading; if it is lower than the current one, you have to tick It is a correction (a mistyped reading). Verify taximeter asks for the verification date and, if it has changed, the taximeter number: the next one is set a year later.

#Creating or editing a vehicle

The form for 9373 KRR: identification, technical data and, further down, owner, tenure and devices. 12345678
Figure 105. The form for 9373 KRR: identification, technical data and, further down, owner, tenure and devices.
  1. 1
    Plate: the current format, 4 digits and 3 letters without vowels (1234 LMN). It can be written with or without a space.
  2. 2
    VIN: 17 characters, without I, O or Q. Plate and VIN cannot be repeated.
  3. 3
    First registration: it gives the car's age, the maximum age and the MOT frequency.
  4. 4
    Service: VTC or taxi. It changes the requirements checked and the MOT proposed.
  5. 5
    Fuel: when you choose it, FleetPilot proposes the environmental label (electric or plug-in, ZERO; hybrid, LPG or natural gas, ECO; the rest, C).
  6. 6
    Check the label on the MOT card and change it if it does not match (a Euro 4 or 5 diesel, for example, is B).
  7. 7
    Length (in mm) and Fiscal HP (in CVF): without them the VTC requirements cannot be checked.
  8. 8
    Owner: who contributes the car and the licence. The car's branch is the owner's.

Further down are the Tenure (owned, renting, leasing or loaned by the owner), the Leasing company, the Contract end, the Monthly fee and the Purchase value (these two, only with «See costs»), and the Devices: the Telematics unit (the GPS unit's identifier at the provider, used to receive positions and mileage automatically) and the Taximeter number (taxis only). When creating a car, the starting Odometer is also requested.

The form checks as you type and warns at the end:

The form for Dacia Jogger 3492 LJW: with its data it does not meet the VTC requirements. 123456
Figure 106. The form for Dacia Jogger 3492 LJW: with its data it does not meet the VTC requirements.
  1. 1
    A conventional hybrid: the ROTT does not list it among alternative energies, so power and length are required as for any combustion car.
  2. 2
    4,547 mm and 11.6 CVF: below the 4.60 m and 12 CVF required by the ROTT.
  3. 3
    Tenure: with renting or leasing, enter the contract end and FleetPilot will warn 60 days before.
  4. 4
    Devices: the telematics unit and the taximeter number.
  5. 5
    The warning: with this data it does not meet the VTC requirements (under 12 CVF, under 4.60 m). FleetPilot allows saving, but the car will show as «Does not comply» on its record and in the checks in Licences.
  6. 6
    Save (not pressed in the screenshot).

Other form warnings: a plug-in hybrid below the power or length stays «to review» (the ROTT does not mention hybrids: confirm it with the transport authority); if power or length are missing, it asks you to add them; a VTC with label C, B or no label (and not PRM-adapted) reminds you of the Madrid rule (ECO or ZERO); and a renting or leasing contract without an end date asks you to enter it.

How to create a new car
  1. In Vehicles, tap New vehicle.

  2. Enter the Plate, the VIN, the Make, the Model and the First registration, and choose the Service.

  3. In Technical data, choose the Fuel, check the proposed Environmental label and fill in Seats, Length and Fiscal HP from the technical data sheet. Tick Wheelchair accessible (PRM) if it is.

  4. In Owner and tenure, search for the Owner and choose the Tenure; if it is renting or leasing, the company and the contract end.

  5. If it has a telematics unit, enter its identifier; if it is a taxi, the taximeter number. Tap Save.

  6. Attach the technical data sheet and the registration certificate in Documents, add it to a policy in Insurance and attach it to its licence in Licences.

The car is left «Onboarding». With the MOT in order and insurance, its first assignment in the Rota makes it «Operational».

A car onboarding created by mistake can be deleted from its form (Delete); once it has had activity, it cannot: it is retired with Change status and keeps its full history.

#What FleetPilot checks

#Tips

  • Fill in the fiscal horsepower and length of every VTC from the technical data sheet: without them, the car shows «Data missing» and you cannot tell whether it complies.
  • Check the Requirements filter every quarter: cars reaching 10 years appear with 180 days' notice, just enough time to find the replacement and attach it to the licence.
  • Use workshop orders instead of changing the status by hand: the car goes in and out of the workshop automatically and the days off road and the cost are recorded.
  • Record the MOT on the same day, with the card's date, and attach the report in Documents.
  • Check the Drivers column: an in-service car without a driver is a car that does not produce.

Fleet

Licences

The owners' VTC licences and taxi licences: the attached vehicle and its history, the scope, the two-yearly endorsement, the badge and the status, with the regulatory checks FleetPilot runs.

Who uses it: Workshop and fleet (who processes them), management, traffic, the branch and auditAccess: «Licences» section; to create them, change the vehicle and record the endorsement, «Edit licences»

To work, each car needs its operating licence:

  • The VTC licence (arrendamiento de vehículos con conductor, hire of vehicles with driver), granted by the autonomous region: in the demo, those of the Community of Madrid (28-VTC-…) and those of Andalusia for the Málaga branch (29-VTC-…). It is tied to an owner and to an attached vehicle, which it must have at all times.
  • The taxi licence, municipal (LIC-MAD-…), with its municipality or joint service area.

For each one FleetPilot keeps the owner, the attached vehicle and the history of the cars it has had, the scope (autonomous region and municipality), the date granted, the endorsement (visado, the periodic review that the owner still meets the requirements: every two years), the badge the car carries in Madrid (the old 2016 model or the new two-colour 2026 model with a serial number) and the status: valid, in progress, suspended or retired.

The Checks view goes through, with your data, what the regulations require of licences and their cars —attached vehicle, vehicle requirements, ECO or ZERO label and adapted fleet in Madrid, badge, endorsement, drivers per licence and taximeter— and lists what does not comply or needs watching.

#The licence list

Licences as seen by the workshop and fleet manager: 61 VTC licences and 6 taxi licences in force. 12345678
Figure 107. Licences as seen by the workshop and fleet manager: 61 VTC licences and 6 taxi licences in force.
  1. 1
    The two views: Licences (the list) and Checks (the regulations). FleetPilot remembers the last one you used.
  2. 2
    Valid, by type: VTC licences and taxi licences with status «Valid».
  3. 3
    Endorsement to review: endorsements expired or expiring within the expiry warning period (here, two in the coming weeks).
  4. 4
    Old badge: Madrid VTC cars still carrying the 2016 badge and the days left until 3-11-2026, when it stops being valid («8 · 24 days»).
  5. 5
    No vehicle: valid or in-progress licences without an attached car. Next to it, In progress: those applied for and not yet granted.
  6. 6
    The search box: by number, owner, number plate, model, municipality or badge serial number.
  7. 7
    The filters: Valid, VTC, Taxi, Renewal to review, Old decal, No vehicle, Pending, Suspended & cancelled and All.
  8. 8
    New licence creates a VTC licence or a taxi licence (with «Edit licences»).

Each row shows the licence (number and type), the owner, the attached vehicle (plate, environmental label, model and an icon if it is PRM-adapted) or, if it has none, «No vehicle» with the days left to attach one, the scope (region and municipality), the endorsement (status and date), the badge (only for Madrid VTC: «Old (2016)» in amber or «New (2026)» with its serial number) and the status. The row of a licence without a vehicle or with an expired endorsement is shown in light red.

Status What it means
Valid Granted and in use: the attached car can provide services.
In progress Applied for and not granted: the car may already be attached, but it cannot work until it is granted.
Suspended Temporarily without effect (for example, for not passing the endorsement); recording the endorsement makes it valid again.
Retired Extinguished or transferred: it no longer accepts vehicle changes or endorsements.

#A licence's record

Licence 28-VTC-039654 of Transportes Arganzuela: old badge and a car that turns 10 in November. 12345678
Figure 108. Licence 28-VTC-039654 of Transportes Arganzuela: old badge and a car that turns 10 in November.
  1. 1
    Type and region, status, number, owner and attached vehicle.
  2. 2
    The pencil edits the licence; More options changes or removes the vehicle and records the endorsement (on a taxi licence, it also verifies the taximeter).
  3. 3
    The key figures: status, next endorsement, vehicle and, for Madrid VTC, the badge.
  4. 4
    The badge warning: the 2016 model is only valid in Madrid until 3-11-2026; the new one has to be requested.
  5. 5
    Details: type, number, owner (tap it to open it), region, municipality and date granted.
  6. 6
    Endorsement: the last and the next, with a bar showing what is left. Record enters the new endorsement.
  7. 7
    Attached vehicle: number plate (tap it to open the car), model, label, PRM and the car's status.
  8. 8
    VTC vehicle requirements: it complies today, but stops meeting the age requirement on 21-11-2026: the warning asks you to plan the replacement and the attachment of the new car.

Below is the Badge card, with the model and serial number («Replace before 3 Nov 2026» if it is the old one). The record's tabs are Summary, Attached vehicles (the history: each car the licence has had, from when and until when, the days, the reason for the change and who recorded it; the current one with the label «Attached»), Documents (the grant decision, the last endorsement, the transport card…; you also see, without being able to change them, those of the attached car) and, with «See audit log», Changes.

#Changing the attached vehicle

Corolla 3806 JLH of licence 28-VTC-039654 was registered on 21-11-2016: on that day it turns 10 and stops being valid as a VTC. Transportes Arganzuela has to attach another car before then. Once the new car has been created in Vehicles (with the same owner and as a VTC), it is changed like this:

How to replace a licence's car
  1. Open the licence (or, from the car's record, tap the licence on the Licence card).

  2. Tap More options → Change the vehicle.

  3. In New attached vehicle search for the car: only those with the same owner and the same service appear.

  4. Enter the Date of the change and the Reason (replacement due to age, total loss, sale…) and tap Change the vehicle.

  5. Attach the new transport card in Documents when you have it.

The previous car stays in the history with its end date and the new one becomes the attached vehicle.
Changing the vehicle of licence 28-VTC-039654 (the form has not been saved). 12345
Figure 109. Changing the vehicle of licence 28-VTC-039654 (the form has not been saved).
  1. 1
    New attached vehicle: the search only offers the owner's (T-008) cars that are VTC.
  2. 2
    Date of the change: up to 60 days ahead, to have it ready.
  3. 3
    Reason: it stays in the licence's history.
  4. 4
    The reminder: the new car must meet the ROTT requirements and, in Madrid, be ECO or ZERO.
  5. 5
    Change the vehicle (not tapped in the screenshot).

Remove the vehicle leaves the licence without a car (for example, if the car is sold or written off before the replacement arrives). From that day the 2-month period to attach another one starts counting: the list, the record and the checks show how many days are left, and meanwhile the licence cannot provide services. Retiring the car in Vehicles also detaches it.

#Recording the endorsement

Recording the endorsement of licence 28-VTC-082057, due on 28 October (not saved). 123
Figure 110. Recording the endorsement of licence 28-VTC-082057, due on 28 October (not saved).
  1. 1
    Endorsement date: the date of the decision; it cannot be in the future.
  2. 2
    The next endorsement: FleetPilot sets it 2 years after the date.
  3. 3
    Record endorsement (not tapped in the screenshot).

If the attached car does not meet the VTC requirements, the dialog warns you: the endorsement will check it. Recording the endorsement of a suspended licence makes it valid again. Taxi licences do not have the ROTT's two-yearly endorsement: their reviews are carried out by the city council and their endorsement card shows no date.

#A taxi licence

Taxi licence LIC-MAD-12216 of Radiotaxi Retiro with taxi 2962 MGN. 1234
Figure 111. Taxi licence LIC-MAD-12216 of Radiotaxi Retiro with taxi 2962 MGN.
  1. 1
    A taxi licence of the Community of Madrid, valid, with its owner and its taxi.
  2. 2
    The municipality: for taxis, the municipality or the joint service area (here, Madrid's).
  3. 3
    No two-yearly endorsement: taxi licences are reviewed by the city council (Decree 74/2005).
  4. 4
    The attached taxi and the next taximeter verification, which here is expiring soon. It is verified from More options → Verify taximeter.

#The regulatory checks

The Checks view is the list worth going through every week. Each card is a rule, with the regulation that requires it, a count (red: does not comply; amber: to review; green: complies) and the cases that need attention; each case opens from its row to resolve it.

The regulatory checks: one car that does not meet the requirements and fourteen cases to review. 12345678
Figure 112. The regulatory checks: one car that does not meet the requirements and fourteen cases to review.
  1. 1
    Non-compliances: the red cases across all checks. To review: the amber ones, which comply today but need watching.
  2. 2
    Attached vehicle (LOTT art. 99.4): licences without a car, with the days left of the 2 months to put it right.
  3. 3
    VTC vehicle requirements (ROTT art. 181.2): 3492 LJW does not comply, 9038 LJF (plug-in hybrid) stays to review and 3806 JLH stops complying in 42 days.
  4. 4
    ECO or ZERO label in Madrid: 9373 KRR is C; it is valid until 31-12-2027 because it is already attached, but its replacement will have to be ECO or ZERO.
  5. 5
    New badge in Madrid (Decree 59/2026): the eight licences that still have to change their badge before 3-11-2026.
  6. 6
    Adapted fleet in Madrid: an owner with 10 or more licences needs 1 adapted car in every 10. Alcora (T-001) has 10 and one adapted: it complies.
  7. 7
    Two-yearly endorsement (ROTT art. 42): endorsements expired or expiring soon.
  8. 8
    Taximeter verification: that of 2962 MGN expires on 22 October. Further down, Drivers per licence.

The eighth check, Drivers per licence, compares each owner's drivers with a contract in force with what Madrid's regulations require: for VTC, drivers for at least 75 % of the licences; for taxis, at least as many employees as licences. It always stays «to review» and never red, because the owner or their relatives may drive without a contract in FleetPilot.

#Creating a licence

The form for a new licence: a Madrid VTC, in progress and with the new badge. 12345678
Figure 113. The form for a new licence: a Madrid VTC, in progress and with the new badge.
  1. 1
    Type: VTC or taxi licence.
  2. 2
    Number: the one on the decision (28-VTC-…); it cannot be repeated.
  3. 3
    Owner: the licence is tied to them; its branch is the licence's.
  4. 4
    Attached vehicle: same owner and service. If you do not have it yet, it is attached later.
  5. 5
    Autonomous region and Municipality (for taxis, the municipality or the joint service area).
  6. 6
    Status: «In progress» until it is granted; then «Valid» with the Date granted.
  7. 7
    Last endorsement and Next endorsement: when you enter the last one, FleetPilot proposes the next one 2 years later.
  8. 8
    Badge model and its serial number (VTC only; in Madrid, the new 2026 model).

If you choose the old badge on a Madrid VTC, the form reminds you that it is only valid until 3-11-2026; if you create a VTC licence without a vehicle, it reminds you that it must have one (LOTT art. 99.4). No badge is saved on a taxi licence.

#What FleetPilot checks

#Tips

  • Go through Checks every Monday: today's amber is next month's red.
  • Request the new badges now: on 3 November the old ones stop being valid in Madrid.
  • Look for the replacement in good time: a car reaching 10 years appears in the checks with a year's notice and in the Requirements filter of Vehicles with 180 days. The new one must meet the ROTT and, in Madrid, be ECO or ZERO.
  • Write down the reason for each vehicle change: it is the first thing an inspection asks.
  • Attach the grant decision and each endorsement in Documents.

Fleet

Workshop

The fleet's work orders with their status, days off road and cost; the in-house workshop with its appointment diary, labour entries, spare parts store and orders to suppliers; the maintenance due by mileage and by time; and inspections with 12 guided photos, detection of new damage and its review.

Who uses it: Workshop and fleet; management, traffic and the branch viewAccess: «Workshop» section; to open, progress and schedule orders, book appointments, record labour and parts and edit the plans, «Edit workshop»; the parts store and supplier orders, «Manage the parts store»; inspections, «Edit workshop» or «Edit claims»; the cost, «See costs»

Workshop is where the fleet manager organises what is done to the cars. It has eight views:

  • Work orders: each job on a car —preventive maintenance, repair, tyres, bodywork, MOT, inspection, cleaning…— with its workshop, its dates, the days off road and its cost (labour and parts). An order goes from Scheduled to In workshop (the car becomes «In workshop») and to Done (it returns to Operational), or it is cancelled.
  • Appointments, Spare parts, Orders and Team: the fleet manager's in-house workshop, with its diary by bay, its spare parts store, orders to suppliers and its bays and mechanics (see The in-house workshop).
  • Maintenance: what each car is due according to the maintenance plans, by mileage and by time, with the estimated date and whether it already has its order.
  • Inspections: the car's inspection with 12 guided photos (one per area) at each handover and return, after an incident or periodically. An AI damage analysis (artificial intelligence; simulated in the demo) compares it with the previous inspection and flags new damage, which a person reviews. A new damage item can lead to a claim or to a debt acknowledgement (RD, reconocimiento de deuda) from the driver who had the car.
  • Plans: the maintenance rules («Service every 15,000 km or 12 months», «Tyres at 40,000 km»…) and which cars they apply to.

Every day in the workshop is a day without production: that is why FleetPilot counts the days off road and warns about maintenance before it falls due.

  1. 1ScheduledCreated by hand, from a plan, an incident, a claim or the MOT.
  2. 2In workshopOn check-in, the car becomes «In workshop» and the days off road start counting.
  3. 3DoneWith the work and the cost; the car returns to in service and its mileage is updated.
  4. 4In serviceThe cost goes into the car's account and the owner's settlement.
A work order's cycle. At any time before finishing it, it can be cancelled with a reason.

#Orders on the board

Orders on the board: scheduled, in the workshop and done in the last 30 days. 12345678
Figure 114. Orders on the board: scheduled, in the workshop and done in the last 30 days.
  1. 1
    The workshop's views: Work orders, Appointments, Spare parts, Orders, Maintenance, Inspections, Plans and Team (on a narrow screen, slide the bar to see the last ones). FleetPilot remembers the last one.
  2. 2
    In the workshop: orders that have checked in and not checked out (each one, a car not working).
  3. 3
    Scheduled (with the overdue ones, if any) and, next to it, those for the next 7 days: the cars that will be missing from the rota.
  4. 4
    Done (month), Days off road (avg) of those done this month and, with «See costs», the cost this month.
  5. 5
    Switch between the board (by status) and the list (with filters, search and export).
  6. 6
    New work order (with «Edit workshop»).
  7. 7
    On each scheduled order, Check in records the entry. The card shows the planned date and, if it comes from an incident or a claim, its number.
  8. 8
    On each order in the workshop, Finish records the exit with the work and the cost. The card shows since when it has been in.

The third column is the orders done in the last 30 days, with their check-out date and, if your profile sees costs, the amount. A scheduled order whose date has passed is shown with an amber border: it is usually a car that did not make it to the workshop (reschedule or cancel it).

In the list (the button with the rows) the orders appear in a table with the columns Order (number, type and description), Vehicle, Origin (plan, incident, claim, MOT, inspection or manual), Workshop, Dates, Status and Cost, and the filters Open, Scheduled, In workshop, Done, From claims, Preventive, Void and All.

#A work order's record

Order OT-2026-0234: taxi 4749 LJN has been in the workshop for four days to replace the clutch and pass the MOT. 12345678
Figure 115. Order OT-2026-0234: taxi 4749 LJN has been in the workshop for four days to replace the clutch and pass the MOT.
  1. 1
    Number and job type, status, description, car and workshop.
  2. 2
    The pencil edits the order; More options moves it forward (check-in, finish) or cancels it with a reason.
  3. 3
    The key figures: status, days off road, mileage and, with «See costs», the total cost.
  4. 4
    The next step button: here, Finish the order.
  5. 5
    Progress: scheduled, in the workshop and done, with their dates and, when finished, the work done.
  6. 6
    Vehicle: the number plate (tap it to open the car), the model, the owner, the car's status and its mileage.
  7. 7
    Origin: where the order comes from (plan, incident, claim…) and whether it is covered by insurance.
  8. 8
    Workshop and costs: the workshop, labour, parts and the total (with «See costs»).
How to finish an order when you collect the car
  1. Open the order (on the board, the car's card under In workshop) and tap Finish the order (or Finish on the card).

  2. Check the Check-out date and enter the Odometer reading.

  3. Describe the Work done and, with «See costs», the Labour and Parts from the workshop's invoice.

  4. Tick Covered by insurance if the insurer pays for it (repairs from a claim where the other party was at fault, for example).

  5. Tap Finish the order and attach the invoice in Documents.

The order is done with its days off road and its cost; the car returns to «Operational» if it has no other order in the workshop.
Finishing order OT-2026-0234 (the form has not been saved). 12345678
Figure 116. Finishing order OT-2026-0234 (the form has not been saved).
  1. 1
    Check-out date: it cannot be earlier than the check-in. The days off road are those from one to the other.
  2. 2
    The mileage at check-out: if it is higher than the car's, it is updated.
  3. 3
    The workshop that did the job.
  4. 4
    Work done: what the invoice says.
  5. 5
    Labour and Parts: the order's total is the sum of both. Only those with «See costs» see and enter them.
  6. 6
    Covered by insurance: then it does not count as a cost for the car or the owner.
  7. 7
    What happens on finishing: the car returns to in service if it has no other order in the workshop.
  8. 8
    Finish the order (not tapped in the screenshot).

If the order is the repair of a claim, the dialog warns you: on finishing it, the claim's days off road are taken from the order and the claim becomes pending recovery (if the other party was at fault) or closed (see Claims). The check-in (Check in button) asks for the check-in date, the mileage and the workshop.

How to open a work order
  1. Tap New work order on the board, or on the car's record More options → New work order (the car is already filled in).

  2. Choose the Vehicle, the Job type and the Origin, and write the Description (for example, «Noise in the front suspension»).

  3. Choose the Workshop and the Planned date; if you have the reading, the mileage.

  4. Tap Save.

The order is «Scheduled» with its number (OT-2026-…) on the board.

An order can also be created automatically: when you tap Schedule on a maintenance item, or when you send an incident (Incidents) or a claim (Claims) to the workshop. A scheduled order created by mistake can be deleted from its form; one that has already checked in can only be cancelled.

#The in-house workshop

If the fleet manager has an in-house workshop (in the demo, the Getafe one, with four bays and four mechanics), FleetPilot also runs its day-to-day work: the appointment diary by bay, each mechanic's labour entries, the parts that leave the spare parts store and the orders to suppliers. An in-house workshop order has no cost typed in: FleetPilot works it out from the hours in the labour entries and the parts used.

An order is done in the in-house workshop or at an external one (a supplier, as before). When you schedule a maintenance job or send an incident to the workshop, FleetPilot asks which: Book at the in-house workshop or Schedule at an external workshop.

  1. 1AppointmentFrom a maintenance job, an incident, a claim or on request; it creates its scheduled order.
  2. 2ConfirmedOn confirming it, the car's drivers are notified in My shift.
  3. 3In the workshopOn the day, «Open the order»: the car becomes «In workshop».
  4. 4Labour and partsEach mechanic records their labour entry; parts leave the store at their average cost.
  5. 5DoneThe cost (hours × rate + parts) goes to the car and to the owner's settlement.
The path of a job in the in-house workshop.

#Workshop appointments

The week's diary at the Getafe in-house workshop. 1234567
Figure 117. The week's diary at the Getafe in-house workshop.
  1. 1
    Today's appointments and, next to it, the appointments to confirm and those in the next 7 days.
  2. 2
    Cars in the in-house workshop right now, hours this month recorded in labour entries and, with «See costs», the average cost per order over the last 90 days.
  3. 3
    The diary by day (one column per bay) or by week; with the arrows, other dates.
  4. 4
    New workshop appointment (with «Edit workshop»).
  5. 5
    Each day with its appointments; today, in blue.
  6. 6
    An appointment: time, number plate, what needs doing, bay and mechanic. The colour shows its status and the bell, that the driver has been notified.
  7. 7
    The statuses of an appointment: to confirm, confirmed, in the workshop and done.

In the Day view, each column is a workshop bay (lifts, alignment rig…): tapping a free slot suggests an appointment at that time on that bay. An appointment cannot clash with another on the same bay or with the same mechanic, and the car cannot have two at once. Show cancelled also shows the cancelled ones.

Today's 10:00 appointment for Toyota 4002 MGK: a metallic noise when braking, coming from an incident. 1234567
Figure 118. Today's 10:00 appointment for Toyota 4002 MGK: a metallic noise when braking, coming from an incident.
  1. 1
    The appointment's number and source, status, what needs doing, car, date and time.
  2. 2
    The pencil changes the appointment; More options, No-show (the order stays scheduled so it can get another) or Cancel appointment.
  3. 3
    Open the order on the day of the appointment, when the car arrives: the order goes «In workshop» and the car becomes «In workshop».
  4. 4
    Who was notified when it was confirmed: the car's drivers who use the app.
  5. 5
    The appointment: workshop, bay, mechanic, type of work and where it comes from (here, incident IN-2026-0007).
  6. 6
    The car, its status and its drivers.
  7. 7
    Its work order: it was created with the appointment (if the appointment is cancelled, so is the order) or it already existed and the appointment only gives it a date.
How to book an appointment at the in-house workshop
  1. Tap New workshop appointment (or, from a maintenance job, an incident or the car's record, Book at the in-house workshop: the car and the reason come filled in).

  2. Choose the Source (a maintenance job that is due, an incident, a claim or an order already scheduled; otherwise, on request) and the Vehicle.

  3. Choose the Bay and the Mechanic, the Date, Time and Duration, and write What needs doing.

  4. Tick Confirm it now if you have already spoken to the driver, and tap Book.

The appointment goes into the diary with its scheduled order; when it is confirmed, the car's drivers get the notice in My shift.
A new appointment at the in-house workshop (the form has not been saved). 1234567
Figure 119. A new appointment at the in-house workshop (the form has not been saved).
  1. 1
    Source: where the job comes from; with a maintenance job, an incident or a claim, the order is linked to it.
  2. 2
    The car.
  3. 3
    Bay and mechanic: they cannot have another appointment at that time.
  4. 4
    Date, time and duration, within the workshop's opening hours; not on a day that has already passed.
  5. 5
    What needs doing: the order's description.
  6. 6
    Confirm it now: the car's drivers are notified on saving.
  7. 7
    Book (not tapped in the screenshot).

#The order in the in-house workshop: labour and parts

An in-house workshop order has two more tabs: Labour, with each mechanic's labour entries, and Parts, with what has left the store for that car. Labour entries and parts are recorded while the order is in the workshop.

The labour entries of order OT-2026-0233: the faulty air-conditioning compressor on Hyundai 6046 NFB. 1234
Figure 120. The labour entries of order OT-2026-0233: the faulty air-conditioning compressor on Hyundai 6046 NFB.
  1. 1
    The Labour tab, with the hours recorded; next to it, Parts.
  2. 2
    Start now leaves a labour entry running in your name until you stop it.
  3. 3
    Add a labour entry already done: mechanic, task and start and end time (or the day's hours).
  4. 4
    Each labour entry: mechanic, task, when and how long, and with «See costs» what it adds up to (hours × the mechanic's or the workshop's rate).
The parts of the 180,000 km service on 9332 MSH (order OT-2026-0173, done). 12
Figure 121. The parts of the 180,000 km service on 9332 MSH (order OT-2026-0173, done).
  1. 1
    The Parts tab, with how many the order carries.
  2. 2
    Each part: reference, description, quantity and, with «See costs», the cost at which it left the store (its average cost at that moment).

With the order in the workshop, Add part picks a spare part from the store and the quantity: it comes off stock and goes into the cost at the store's average cost at that moment. If there is not enough, it can only be used with a reason (for example, bought on the spot): the shortfall enters the store as an adjustment. A part that ends up unused is returned to the store by tapping it in the list. The order cannot be finished with a labour entry running; when it is cancelled, the parts go back to the store.

#Spare parts

The in-house workshop's spare parts store. 1234567
Figure 122. The in-house workshop's spare parts store.
  1. 1
    Store value (with «See costs»): stock × average cost of each spare part.
  2. 2
    Below minimum: spare parts with less stock than their minimum (they also show as an alert). Next to it, those out of stock.
  3. 3
    The references in stock, the orders to receive and this month's usage (what has gone out to the orders).
  4. 4
    Stock (what there is) or Movements (each delivery, issue, adjustment and return).
  5. 5
    The filters: active, below minimum, no stock, with an order in progress, deactivated and all.
  6. 6
    New part (with «Manage the parts store»); in the menu next to it, the stock count.
  7. 7
    Each spare part: reference, description, brand and the cars it fits, category, location in the store, stock with its minimum and maximum, average cost, value and status.
The air filter for the Toyota hybrids, below minimum: 2 left and the minimum is 4. 12345
Figure 123. The air filter for the Toyota hybrids, below minimum: 2 left and the minimum is 4.
  1. 1
    Reference, description, brand and stock status; below, the tabs with its movements, orders and usage.
  2. 2
    The pencil changes the spare part's details; More options, Adjust stock with a reason (breakage, loss, error) or deactivate it.
  3. 3
    The warning: below minimum and whether something is already ordered or in a draft.
  4. 4
    Store: stock, minimum and maximum, location, average cost and value, usage over the last 90 days, cover (how many days' worth there is) and the last count.
  5. 5
    Purchasing: the usual supplier (the one used for the order proposal) and the last price.
How to do a stock count
  1. In Spare parts, open the menu next to New part and choose Stock count.

  2. Write what you have counted for each reference: FleetPilot says how many change.

  3. Tap Save count: only what does not match is adjusted, with one stock count movement per reference.

Stock is left as you counted it and each spare part keeps the date of its last count.

#Orders to suppliers

The open orders: one partly received and late, one sent and two drafts from the automatic proposal. 1234567
Figure 124. The open orders: one partly received and late, one sent and two drafts from the automatic proposal.
  1. 1
    To receive and, of those, the late ones (past their expected delivery).
  2. 2
    Drafts not yet sent, the amount to receive and those received without an invoice (with no expense).
  3. 3
    Propose order: groups what is below minimum into one draft per usual supplier.
  4. 4
    New order by hand (with «Manage the parts store»).
  5. 5
    The filters: open, to receive, drafts, received, no invoice, cancelled and all.
  6. 6
    Each order: number and supplier, dates (and the days late), lines, how much has been received, total, expense and status.
  7. 7
    A draft from the automatic proposal: check it and send it.
Order PR-2026-0045 to Electro Recambios Madrid, sent on the 8th: it arrives on Monday. 12345
Figure 125. Order PR-2026-0045 to Electro Recambios Madrid, sent on the 8th: it arrives on Monday.
  1. 1
    Number, supplier, status and dates, with the supplier's reference.
  2. 2
    Receive what arrives, with its delivery note.
  3. 3
    The lines: each spare part with what was ordered, what was received, the price and, below, the current stock.
  4. 4
    The Receipts tab: each delivery with its date and delivery note.
  5. 5
    More options: back to draft, close the order (whatever is missing is written off) or cancel it. Once received, the expense button appears for its invoice.
How to order what is below minimum
  1. In Orders, tap Propose order and confirm.

  2. FleetPilot creates one draft per usual supplier with the spare parts below minimum, up to their maximum and counting what is already ordered.

  3. Open each draft, check the lines (quantities and prices) and tap Send to supplier.

The order is sent: its lines no longer change and it appears under «To receive» with its expected delivery.
How to receive an order
  1. Open the order and tap Receive.

  2. Write the delivery note and what arrives for each line (by default, everything pending) and, if it changes, the invoice price.

  3. Tap Receive: stock goes up and the average cost is recalculated. If something is missing, the order is left «Partly received».

  4. When the invoice arrives, under Expense, create it from what was received or link the one already in Expenses.

The expense goes into Expenses, as a company expense (no car or owner), for Administration to approve.
Receiving order PR-2026-0045 (not saved). 1234
Figure 126. Receiving order PR-2026-0045 (not saved).
  1. 1
    The supplier's delivery note.
  2. 2
    What is recorded: what arrives for each line and, if it changes, the invoice price.
  3. 3
    Each line: how much of what is pending arrives.
  4. 4
    Receive (not tapped in the screenshot).

#Team: bays and mechanics

The Getafe in-house workshop with its four mechanics and four bays. 1234
Figure 127. The Getafe in-house workshop with its four mechanics and four bays.
  1. 1
    The workshop: branch, opening hours, hourly rate (with «See costs») and what it has right now (in the workshop, today's appointments, store value).
  2. 2
    New in-house workshop: one per branch, or as many as needed.
  3. 3
    The mechanics: speciality, hours this month (from their labour entries), their own rate or the workshop's and, if they use the app, their user.
  4. 4
    The bays (lifts, pit, alignment rig…): each one is a column of the diary and shows which order it has right now.

#Upcoming maintenance

The fleet's upcoming maintenance: none overdue, 23 due soon and 17 without a scheduled order. 123456
Figure 128. The fleet's upcoming maintenance: none overdue, 23 due soon and 17 without a scheduled order.
  1. 1
    Overdue: past the mileage or the date. None here: the fleet is up to date.
  2. 2
    Due soon: 1,500 km or less to go, or 30 days or less.
  3. 3
    Not scheduled: overdue or due-soon items that do not have an order yet. Next to it, those that already have one.
  4. 4
    The filters: To handle (the starting one), Overdue, No order, With order and All.
  5. 5
    Next: at what mileage (or on what date) it is due and how much is left. Estimated date: when the car will reach that mileage at its pace over the last few days.
  6. 6
    Schedule: book at the in-house workshop or create the order at an external workshop; if it already has one, its number appears and opens when tapped.

Each row is a plan that applies to a car: the vehicle, the plan with its interval, the last one (the order and the mileage last time, or «according to the theoretical schedule» if it has never been done), the next one, the estimated date, the status (overdue, due soon or up to date) and the order. Tapping a row opens the car.

The fleet's maintenance plans. 12345
Figure 129. The fleet's maintenance plans.
  1. 1
    Each plan: the name and the type of order it generates.
  2. 2
    Applies to: all cars, or only those of a make, a model or a fuel (the brakes of the hybrids, the Tesla service).
  3. 3
    Interval: every so many km, every so many months or both (whichever comes first).
  4. 4
    Cars it applies to and their status: how many overdue and due soon.
  5. 5
    New plan (with «Edit workshop»). Tapping a plan edits it; deactivating it removes it from upcoming maintenance.

#Inspections

An inspection is a snapshot of the car's condition at a given moment. It is done at each handover to a driver and at each return, after an incident or periodically: 12 guided photos, one per area (front, sides, rear, roof and windows, interior…). FleetPilot compares each inspection with the previous one for the same car: damage that was not there before is new and belongs to whoever had the car between the two inspections.

The comparison is made by an AI that looks at the photos and proposes damage with its area, type, severity and confidence (in the demo, simulated with the real shape of the API; see Integrations). The AI proposes and a person decides: until someone reviews it, a damage item is not used to open a claim or to claim from the driver.

The inspection list: three to review, including yesterday's return of 2593 MSL. 12345
Figure 130. The inspection list: three to review, including yesterday's return of 2593 MSL.
  1. 1
    To review: inspections with AI damage that nobody has reviewed yet.
  2. 2
    New damage in the last 30 days (not counting incidents, which already have their claim) and, next to it, those already in a claim.
  3. 3
    The filters: To review, With new damage, Handovers & returns, After incidents, All and Cancelled.
  4. 4
    The return PE-2026-0021: compared with handover PE-2026-0018, it has 4 damage items, 2 new and 2 to review.
  5. 5
    New inspection (with «Edit workshop» or «Edit claims»).

#The return with two new damage items

Yesterday at 21:40 Luis Iglesias Montero returned Corolla 2593 MSL at the end of the afternoon shift without reporting any incident. The return inspection (PE-2026-0021) was compared with the handover inspection of 20 September (PE-2026-0018), which had two old marks. The AI has found those two and two possible new damage items.

Inspection PE-2026-0021: two new damage items pending review in areas 3 and 6. 1234567
Figure 131. Inspection PE-2026-0021: two new damage items pending review in areas 3 and 6.
  1. 1
    Number and reason (return), status, car, date and time, driver and mileage.
  2. 2
    Analyse damage (the star) sends the photos to the AI. Analysing again only replaces findings nobody has reviewed.
  3. 3
    The figures: photos uploaded out of 12, damage, new and to review.
  4. 4
    The analysis summary and, below, which inspection it has been compared with.
  5. 5
    Open a claim with the new damage (with «Edit claims»). With new damage already confirmed and «See payroll», Debt acknowledgement also appears.
  6. 6
    Each area with its photo (or, without a photo, the car diagram with the area and one dot per damage item). Amber border: there is something to review.
  7. 7
    Area 6, with the new scratch on the rear bumper. Tap an area to see it enlarged and review its damage.

Below the 12 areas is the colour legend: amber, pending review; red, new and confirmed; blue, already there before; purple, check in person; grey, dismissed or false positive. With photos uploaded, each damage item is drawn as a box over the photo.

Area 3 enlarged: a new dent that the AI sees with 88 % confidence. 123456
Figure 132. Area 3 enlarged: a new dent that the AI sees with 88 % confidence.
  1. 1
    The area's photo with the damage boxed or, as here, the diagram of the car seen from above with the area highlighted.
  2. 2
    The damage: type and area, severity, New, origin (AI or manual) and the description with the confidence.
  3. 3
    Its review: pending.
  4. 4
    The human review: Confirmed, False positive, Check in person or Dismissed.
  5. 5
    Add damage: what the AI did not see, by hand.
  6. 6
    Upload photo of the area (it is kept in the inspection's Documents). Then analyse again.
The Damage tab: first those pending review, then those that were already there. 1234
Figure 133. The Damage tab: first those pending review, then those that were already there.
  1. 1
    The Damage tab, with the total.
  2. 2
    What to do with each finding; the ⓘ explains where they come from.
  3. 3
    The two new damage items, at the top because they are pending: each with its review buttons.
  4. 4
    Those that were already there at handover are carried over confirmed and without the «New» label («already in PE-2026-0018»).
How to review an inspection's damage
  1. Open the inspection from the To review filter and look at the areas with an amber border.

  2. Tap the area to see it enlarged (or go to the Damage tab) and, for each pending item, choose Confirmed if it is real and new, False positive if the AI got it wrong (a reflection, dirt), Check in person if it needs looking at on the car or Dismissed.

  3. If the AI missed something, add it with Add damage (area, type, severity and whether it is new).

  4. When none are left pending or to check, the inspection becomes Reviewed automatically, with who and when.

Damage confirmed as new is ready for opening the claim or the driver's debt acknowledgement.
The handover ↔ return comparison of 2593 MSL, area by area. 1234
Figure 134. The handover ↔ return comparison of 2593 MSL, area by area.
  1. 1
    The Comparison tab (only on inspections that have a previous one).
  2. 2
    What is compared: before, the handover of 20 September; now, yesterday's return; and who drove the car between the two.
  3. 3
    An area unchanged: the same scratch before and now.
  4. 4
    An area with new damage: nothing before and a dent now.

With the new damage, the claim is opened without leaving the inspection: the Open a claim with the new damage button asks for confirmation and creates a claim with that damage, attributed to the inspection's driver (who had the car between the two inspections), with fault «undetermined». The damage is linked to the claim and confirmed.

The confirmation before opening the claim (not confirmed). 12
Figure 135. The confirmation before opening the claim (not confirmed).
  1. 1
    What is going to happen: a claim with 2 new damage items, attributed to Luis Iglesias Montero.
  2. 2
    The button that opens it (not tapped in the screenshot). Then the claim's record opens to continue in Claims.

If the damage is minor and the driver accepts it, instead of a claim they can be offered a debt acknowledgement: the Debt acknowledgement button appears when there is confirmed new damage and your profile has «See payroll»; it opens the acknowledgement with the driver and the damage description already filled in, so they can sign it in My shift and have it deducted from their payroll (see Claims). FleetPilot never signs on their behalf.

How to do a handover or return inspection
  1. Tap New inspection in the Inspections view (or, on the car's record, More options → New inspection).

  2. Choose the Vehicle and the Reason, and check the Date and Time. Leave the Driver empty: FleetPilot fills in whoever had the car at that moment.

  3. Tap Save: the inspection's record opens, already compared with the car's previous one.

  4. In Photos & areas, tap each area and Upload photo (12 in total). Then tap Analyse damage.

  5. Review the damage the AI proposes and, if any is new, open the claim or the debt acknowledgement.

The inspection stays in the car's history (Workshop tab on its record) and will be the reference for the next one.
The form for a new inspection (not saved). 12345
Figure 136. The form for a new inspection (not saved).
  1. 1
    Vehicle: the car being handed over, returned or inspected.
  2. 2
    Reason: handover to driver, return, after an incident or periodic.
  3. 3
    Date and Time: they cannot be in the future; they tell who had the car.
  4. 4
    Driver: if empty, whoever had the car at that moment according to the rota.
  5. 5
    The reminder: it is compared with the car's last inspection; then the 12 photos are uploaded and analysed.

#What FleetPilot checks

#Tips

  • An inspection at every change of hands: without the handover and the return you cannot tell who caused a damage.
  • Review damage on the same day: the driver remembers and the car has not gone out again yet.
  • Schedule maintenance from the Upcoming view, with the No order filter: the order already comes with the plan, the mileage and the description.
  • Enter the costs when finishing, with the invoice in front of you, and tick Covered by insurance when appropriate: otherwise the cost will fall on the owner's settlement.
  • Watch Days off road (avg): if it goes up, talk to the workshop.
  • Confirm appointments as soon as possible: the driver finds out in My shift and the rota counts on the car being away for that time.
  • Tap Propose order once a week and check the drafts before sending them: the proposal goes up to each part's maximum, counting what is already ordered.
  • Do a stock count at least once a quarter: the store value and the cost of the orders depend on the stock being real.

Fleet

Claims

The fleet's claims from start to finish —report, fault, third parties, inspection, repair, excess, recovery and days off road—, the driver who had the car and the debt acknowledgements deducted from their payroll.

Who uses it: Workshop and fleet, traffic, HR and managementAccess: «Claims» section; to add and process, «Edit claims»; costs, «See costs»; injuries, «Health data»; debt amounts, «See payroll»

A claim is any damage to a fleet car: a crash with another vehicle, a rear-end collision, a scrape while parking, a broken window, vandalism or theft. Claims keeps each one with its number (SN-2026-…) and follows it until it is closed:

  • What happened: car, date and time, place, type, severity and description.
  • Fault (ours, the other party's, shared or undetermined) and the third parties: the other vehicle's plate and insurer and whether the joint accident report or DAA (declaración amistosa de accidente, the form both drivers sign at the scene) was signed.
  • The attributed driver: FleetPilot automatically looks up who had the car at that moment (that day's rota cover or the shift assignment), just as with trips, refuelling or fines.
  • Processing with the insurer: the policy, the claim file number the insurer opens, the inspection (the photo review of the damage, in Workshop), the repair order, the excess (the part of the damage the company pays with a «comprehensive with excess» policy), the recovery (what the other party's insurer pays when they are at fault), the days off road and the loss of use (the lost production claimed for those days).
  • Personal injuries, if anyone was hurt: this is health data and only people with the «Health data» permission see it.

The same section holds the debt acknowledgements (RD, reconocimientos de deuda, RD-2026-…): the document in which a driver acknowledges owing an amount to their employer —their share of a claim, damage to the car, a broken decal, an advance…— and agrees to have it deducted from their payroll in 1 to 12 instalments. The driver signs it on screen in My shift; without their signature nothing is deducted. And the Loss record view summarises claims by driver, car, type and policy.

  1. 1ReportAdded by the office or sent by the driver from My shift, with the photos and the DAA. It is attributed automatically to whoever had the car.
  2. 2InspectionThe workshop reviews the car with the guided photos and records the damage; the insurer opens its claim file.
  3. 3RepairA bodywork order linked to the claim: when it is finished, it counts the days off road.
  4. 4RecoveryWith the other party at fault, you wait for the recovery from their insurer and claim the loss of use.
  5. 5ClosingIt is closed with its outcome. If the driver was at fault, their share can go into a debt acknowledgement.
Not every step is needed: a scrape with no third party can go straight from «Open» to «Closed». Each step is recorded with its date in the record.

#The list of claims

Claims seen by the workshop and fleet manager: the open ones, with their driver, fault and status. 12345678
Figure 137. Claims seen by the workshop and fleet manager: the open ones, with their driver, fault and status.
  1. 1
    The section's three views: Claims, Debt acknowledgements and Loss record. FleetPilot remembers the last one you used.
  2. 2
    Open: claims that are not closed or rejected. Next to it, those being repaired and those pending recovery. Each indicator's ⓘ explains where the figure comes from.
  3. 3
    At fault (year): claims with our own or shared fault in the last 12 months and their share of the total («6 · 43 %»). Next to it, the days off road in the year.
  4. 4
    Cost (year): the gross cost of 12 months of claims (the final cost or, if not yet available, the estimate). Only with «See costs».
  5. 5
    The search box: by number, plate (the other party's too), driver, place, insurer's claim file, owner or policy.
  6. 6
    The filters with their count: by status, At fault, Third parties, Closed and All.
  7. 7
    The attributed driver and where it comes from: here, from the rota cover (that day they were covering another driver's night shift).
  8. 8
    New claim opens a blank report (with «Edit claims»).

Each row shows the claim (number and type), the vehicle, the driver with the source of the attribution, when and where it happened, the fault, the status and, with «See costs», the cost. A newly opened claim is highlighted in light blue. Click a row to open its record and the download button to export the list as CSV.

Status What it means
Open Just added: it still has to be inspected or a decision taken.
Being assessed An inspection is linked and the insurer is assessing it.
Under repair The car has its workshop order scheduled or in progress.
Awaiting payment Repaired, with the other party at fault: their insurer has yet to pay.
Closed Finished, with its outcome: favourable, unfavourable or not applicable.
Rejected The insurer has rejected it.
Fault What it means
Our fault The fleet driver caused the claim: our policy pays (with its excess) and the loss record goes up.
Other party The other driver caused it: their insurer pays the repair (recovery) and the loss of use can be claimed.
Shared Both parties share the blame. It counts as «at fault» in the indicators.
Undetermined Not known yet (a scrape while parked, a window, vandalism).

#A claim's record

Record of claim SN-2026-0012: a collision with the other party at fault, already inspected and with the car in the workshop. 12345678
Figure 138. Record of claim SN-2026-0012: a collision with the other party at fault, already inspected and with the car in the workshop.
  1. 1
    Number and type, the status, the plate and the place; below, the date and time, the driver and the car's owner.
  2. 2
    The pencil (Edit) opens the report; the three dots (More options), the actions: change the status, open the repair, inspect the car, prepare a debt acknowledgement or open the car.
  3. 3
    The tabs: Summary, Processing, Driver debt (the debt acknowledgements from this claim) and Documents.
  4. 4
    The key figures: fault, severity, days off road (with the car in the workshop, the days it has been there) and, with «See costs», the cost.
  5. 5
    Processing: which step it is at, with the inspection (PE-2026-0012) and the work order (OT-2026-0232) of each one.
  6. 6
    Driver: who had the car, where it comes from («From the assignment») and the explanation in one sentence.
  7. 7
    Third parties: the other party's plate and insurer and whether the DAA was signed. They are needed for the recovery.
  8. 8
    What happened: the car (click it to open its record), make and model, owner, date, place, type and description.

The record has these tabs:

  • Summary: what the screenshot shows. If someone was injured and your profile has «Health data», a red notice with the personal injuries also appears; if the insurer rejected it, a grey notice.
  • Processing: the insurer (policy, type of cover, claim file and outcome), the inspection and the repair order (click either to open it) and the costs.
  • Driver debt: the debt acknowledgements arising from this claim, with the button to prepare a new one.
  • Documents: the signed joint accident report, the photos, the assessor's report, the workshop invoice… If there is an inspection, its photos also appear here (read-only).
  • Changes: who changed what and when (with the «See audit log» permission; see Audit).

#Who had the car

When you add a claim without choosing a driver, the database looks up who had the car at that moment: first a rota cover for that day (someone standing in for the shift's regular driver) and, if there is none, the assignment in force whose shift contains the time. The end of a shift does not count: at a handover, the claim belongs to the incoming driver. The record says where the driver comes from:

Source What it means
From the assignment They had the car assigned on that shift (Rota).
From the rota cover They were covering another driver's shift that day.
From the inspection The claim came from the new damage found in a handover or return inspection: it is that inspection's driver.
Self-reported The driver sent the report from My shift.
Chosen manually The office chose someone else; the record remembers who the rota pointed to.
No assignment · Ambiguous · Cover with no driver It could not be attributed (nobody had the car, several were possible or the cover had no driver): choose manually.
Rear-end collision SN-2026-0014: the car was driven by a relief driver covering the night shift. 123
Figure 139. Rear-end collision SN-2026-0014: the car was driven by a relief driver covering the night shift.
  1. 1
    The attributed driver, with their code. Click it to open their record (if you can see Drivers).
  2. 2
    Source: from the rota cover for that day.
  3. 3
    The explanation: which shift they were covering and whose it was (the regular night-shift driver).

#Processing and costs

The Processing tab of SN-2026-0012: fleet policy with excess, inspection reviewed and the car in the workshop. 123456
Figure 140. The Processing tab of SN-2026-0012: fleet policy with excess, inspection reviewed and the car in the workshop.
  1. 1
    Insurer: the policy (the car's policy in force that day, unless another was chosen), its type of cover, the insurer's claim file and the outcome.
  2. 2
    Click the policy to open it in Insurance, where you can see the loss record of the whole policy.
  3. 3
    The inspection and the work order, linked: click them to open them in Workshop.
  4. 4
    Costs: estimated and final cost, excess applied, recovery and loss of use. Each figure needs its permission.
  5. 5
    The policy excess (€600), for reference: with our own fault, the form proposes it as the excess applied.
  6. 6
    Loss of use: the lost production claimed from the other party for the days off road.

The cost of a claim (the one in the list and the indicators) is the final cost or, until there is one, the estimate: it is the gross cost of the damage, without deducting excesses or recoveries. What the company actually pays depends on fault: with the other party at fault, almost everything comes back through the recovery; with our own fault, the policy pays the repair minus the excess, which is borne by the company (or by the car's owner, depending on their management contract) and part of which can be charged to the driver with a debt acknowledgement.

#Injuries and health data

If anyone was injured in the claim, the report records it in Injuries and Personal injuries. This is health data (a special category of personal data) and FleetPilot keeps it apart: only people with the «Health data» permission (by default, HR) see and write it. Everyone else sees neither the notice on the record nor those form fields. Costs work the same way with «See costs»: HR does not see them and a padlock appears where they would be.

Claim SN-2026-0003 seen by HR: with injuries (health data) and without the cost. 123
Figure 141. Claim SN-2026-0003 seen by HR: with injuries (health data) and without the cost.
  1. 1
    Without «See costs», the key figures do not show the cost.
  2. 2
    The personal injury notice, in red: only with «Health data».
  3. 3
    Injuries: people without the permission do not see this row at all.
The costs of the same claim, seen by HR. 12
Figure 142. The costs of the same claim, seen by HR.
  1. 1
    The costs, with a padlock: HR does not have «See costs».
  2. 2
    Charged to the driver (debts): what has been charged to them with debt acknowledgements. HR does see it, because it is payroll data («See payroll»).

#Adding a claim

Many reports come from the drivers themselves: from My shift they send the accident report with the description, the photos and the DAA, and FleetPilot opens the claim on the car they were driving, with its policy, plus a high-priority incident (urgent if anyone was injured) so the office finds out at once. If the report comes by phone or on paper, the office adds it with New claim.

«New claim», blank (not saved). The injury fields only appear with «Health data». 12345678
Figure 143. «New claim», blank (not saved). The injury fields only appear with «Health data».
  1. 1
    The vehicle (also one already decommissioned, for an old claim).
  2. 2
    Date and time of the event: they cannot be in the future. They are used to look up the driver.
  3. 3
    Fault: leave it as «Undetermined» until it is known.
  4. 4
    Driver: leave it empty and it is attributed automatically to whoever had the car. If you choose someone else, it is marked «Chosen manually».
  5. 5
    Third parties involved and Joint accident report (DAA) signed. The scanned DAA goes in the Documents tab.
  6. 6
    Policy: empty = the car's policy in force that day. Next to it, the insurer's claim file.
  7. 7
    Excess applied: when you mark our own fault, FleetPilot proposes the policy's. Costs only appear with «See costs».
  8. 8
    Save (not pressed in the screenshot).

While you fill in the report, the form reminds you that the driver is attributed automatically if you leave it empty, to upload the DAA to Documents if you tick it, and to enter the other party's plate and insurer if there are third parties (without them there is no recovery). On saving, the new claim's record opens with its number.

How to add a report that comes in by phone
  1. In Claims, click New claim.

  2. Choose the Vehicle and enter the Date and Time of the event; type the Place, the Type, the Severity and a short Description.

  3. In Liability and third parties, set the Fault if it is already known and leave the Driver empty.

  4. If another vehicle was involved, turn on Third parties involved and type the Other party's plate and their insurer; if they signed the joint report, turn on Joint accident report (DAA) signed.

  5. Click Save. In the record that opens, check in the Driver card who had the car and why.

  6. In the Documents tab, upload the DAA and the photos of the damage.

The claim is «Open», attributed to the shift's driver and with the car's policy in force; it can now be inspected.

#Moving the claim forward

From the record's More options:

Action What it does Who
Inspect the car Opens a new inspection of the car (reason «incident») with the guided photos: see Workshop. «Edit workshop» or «Edit claims», with the Workshop section
Open repair Creates a bodywork work order (a corrective one, for a window) linked to the claim, which moves to «Under repair». «Edit claims» and «Edit workshop»
Change status Moves the claim through its flow and closes it with its outcome. «Edit claims»
New debt acknowledgement Prepares a debt acknowledgement for the attributed driver, with the description already written. «Edit claims» or «Edit payroll», with «See payroll»
Open the vehicle Opens the car's record. Everyone

When the repair order is finished in the workshop, the claim moves on by itself: with the other party at fault it goes to Awaiting payment; with any other fault, to Closed. In both cases it adds the days the car spent in the workshop.

«Change status» of claim SN-2026-0010, awaiting payment, after choosing «Closed» (not saved). 12345
Figure 144. «Change status» of claim SN-2026-0010, awaiting payment, after choosing «Closed» (not saved).
  1. 1
    The new status.
  2. 2
    The outcome: favourable (the insurer paid), unfavourable, not applicable or pending.
  3. 3
    The insurer's claim file, if it was not there yet.
  4. 4
    The warning: you can close it with the outcome pending, but it is better to record it.
  5. 5
    Save (not pressed in the screenshot).
How to close a claim with the other party at fault when the recovery arrives
  1. Click the Pending recovery filter and open the claim.

  2. Click the pencil (Edit) and, in Insurance and costs, type the Recovery paid by the other party's insurer and the Loss of use claimed. Click Save.

  3. In More options, click Change status, choose Closed and the Outcome «Favourable».

  4. Click Save and upload the payment letter to Documents.

The claim is closed with its recovery; it leaves the open claims and counts in the policy's loss record.

#The loss record

The Loss record view for the last 12 months: by driver, by car, by type and by policy. 12345678
Figure 145. The Loss record view for the last 12 months: by driver, by car, by type and by policy.
  1. 1
    The period: the last 6, 12 or 24 months (by the date of the event).
  2. 2
    Yearly frequency per car: claims in the period ÷ active cars, annualised. It is what insurers look at on renewal.
  3. 3
    At fault: the share of claims with our own or shared fault.
  4. 4
    Average cost per claim (with «See costs»): compare it with your policies' excess.
  5. 5
    By driver: those with most claims at fault first (amber bar with one, red with more).
  6. 6
    By vehicle, with the days it was off road: a car with claims from different drivers may have a problem of its own.
  7. 7
    By type: rear-end, parking, collisions, side impacts, glass, vandalism…
  8. 8
    By policy: claims, cars, frequency and the loss ratio (cost ÷ earned premium): green below 60 %, amber up to 85 %, red above.

#Debt acknowledgements (RD)

A debt acknowledgement records a debt the driver owes their employer (the owner with whom they have their current contract, see Owners): their share of a claim at fault, damage to the car, misuse of the fuel card, a damaged decal or livery, a training course, a fine or a payroll advance. It is deducted from payroll in 1 to 12 monthly instalments and goes through these steps:

  1. 1DraftHR prepares it (from a claim, a fine or manually) with the amount, the instalments and the first month.
  2. 2SignedThe driver reads it and signs it in My shift, or on the office tablet. From then on it does not change.
  3. 3Being repaidEach payroll close deducts that month's instalment.
  4. 4SettledWhen the last instalment is deducted it is settled.
As long as no instalment has been deducted, a debt acknowledgement can be cancelled with a reason.
Active debt acknowledgements, seen by HR: two to sign and five signed or being repaid. 12345678
Figure 146. Active debt acknowledgements, seen by HR: two to sign and five signed or being repaid.
  1. 1
    To sign: drafts waiting for the driver's signature. Without a signature nothing is deducted.
  2. 2
    Signed & in progress: those already being deducted or starting soon.
  3. 3
    Deducted this month: those with an instalment in the current month's payroll.
  4. 4
    Still to deduct: what drivers still owe on their active debts (with «See payroll»).
  5. 5
    The filters: Active, To sign, Signed & in progress, Paid off, Cancelled and All.
  6. 6
    The amount and how many instalments have been deducted («0 of 3 instalments»). Andrés's (C-0007) debt is waiting for his signature.
  7. 7
    Outstanding and Next instalment: what is left and the month of the next deduction.
  8. 8
    New debt acknowledgement, for one that does not come from a claim (an advance, a card…).
Debt status What it means
Draft Prepared, waiting for the driver's signature. It can be edited and cancelled.
Signed The driver has signed it and no instalment has been deducted yet. Its amount and instalments no longer change; it can be cancelled.
Being repaid An instalment has already been deducted in a closed payslip. It can no longer be cancelled or changed.
Settled All the instalments have been deducted.
Cancelled It was cancelled with a reason before the first deduction (the reason stays on the record).

#Preparing a debt acknowledgement from a claim

When the driver was at fault and the company decides to charge them part of it (the excess, for example), open the claim, go to the Driver debt tab and click New debt acknowledgement: the form already brings the attributed driver, the concept «Accident» and the description with the claim number.

A €500 debt in 3 instalments for the driver of rear-end collision SN-2026-0014 (not saved). 12345678
Figure 147. A €500 debt in 3 instalments for the driver of rear-end collision SN-2026-0014 (not saved).
  1. 1
    The driver: the one attributed to the claim.
  2. 2
    Concept: accident, card misuse, livery or decal, training, fine, advance, vehicle damage or other.
  3. 3
    The amount they acknowledge owing.
  4. 4
    Instalments: from 1 to 12 months.
  5. 5
    First month deducted: the payslip where it starts (never a month already past).
  6. 6
    The split: 3 instalments of €166.66, the last one €166.68 (the rounding cent goes to the last), from November to January.
  7. 7
    The reminder: nothing is deducted until the driver signs it, and once signed it no longer changes.
  8. 8
    Save (not pressed in the screenshot).
How to charge a claim's excess to the driver
  1. Open the claim with our own fault and go to the Driver debt tab.

  2. Click New debt acknowledgement. Check the Driver and the Concept «Accident».

  3. Type the agreed Amount, the Instalments (1 to 12) and the First month deducted. Check the split shown by the form.

  4. Click Save: the debt's record opens, as a Draft, and the driver gets the notice in My shift.

  5. When the driver signs it (in My shift or on the office tablet), it becomes Signed and will be deducted when each month's payroll is closed.

The debt acknowledgement is linked to the claim: its amount appears in the processing tab as «Charged to the driver (debts)».

#A debt acknowledgement's record

Debt RD-2026-0002 of a driver: €1,200 in 4 instalments, three already deducted from her payslips. 12345678
Figure 148. Debt RD-2026-0002 of a driver: €1,200 in 4 instalments, three already deducted from her payslips.
  1. 1
    Number and concept, the status, the driver and, below, their code, their employer and the instalments.
  2. 2
    Amount, instalments deducted, the amount deducted and the outstanding amount.
  3. 3
    Status: when it was prepared, when the driver signed it and how many instalments have been deducted.
  4. 4
    The driver's signature, with the date and time. It is payroll data: without «See payroll» you only see that it is signed.
  5. 5
    Details: driver, employer, concept, the original claim (click it to open it), who prepared it and the description.
  6. 6
    Instalments: each month with its amount.
  7. 7
    A deducted instalment, with the payslip it was deducted from (Payroll).
  8. 8
    October's instalment, pending: it will be deducted when the month's payroll is closed.

#The driver's signature

When a debt acknowledgement is saved, the driver gets a notice in My shift and the document appears in their Signatures tab. There they read it in full —with their name, ID number, employer, amount, reason and instalment schedule—, tick that they have read it and sign with their finger on the screen. The signature, the moment and the SHA-256 fingerprint of the text are stored (a code that changes if a single letter changes and which proves what was signed). If the driver is at the office, they can also sign it on the tablet with Sign on the tablet, from the debt's record.

Andrés's (C-0007) My shift: debt RD-2026-0009, to sign. 123
Figure 149. Andrés's (C-0007) My shift: debt RD-2026-0009, to sign.
  1. 1
    The Signatures tab, with how many documents are waiting to be signed.
  2. 2
    The debt acknowledgement, with its amount and date.
  3. 3
    Read and sign opens the document.
The text of the debt acknowledgement the driver signs (not signed). 1234
Figure 150. The text of the debt acknowledgement the driver signs (not signed).
  1. 1
    The text of the acknowledgement: who owes, to whom, how much, why and the instalment schedule.
  2. 2
    The fingerprint of the text being signed.
  3. 3
    You have to tick that you have read it before you can sign.
  4. 4
    Sign opens the signature box (not pressed in the screenshot).
The same debt at the office: a draft, waiting for the signature. 1234
Figure 151. The same debt at the office: a draft, waiting for the signature.
  1. 1
    The pencil (Edit): only while it is a draft.
  2. 2
    More options → Cancel the debt.
  3. 3
    The notice: the document has reached the driver in My shift.
  4. 4
    Sign on the tablet: the driver signs here, on the office screen.

#Cancelling a debt acknowledgement

A debt acknowledgement can be cancelled with a reason as long as no instalment has been deducted: as a draft or just signed. For example, if the workshop finds that the damage predates the driver's shift, or if the amount was wrong and another one has to be made. It becomes «Cancelled» with the reason on the record, its pending instalments disappear and payroll no longer deducts it.

Cancelling RD-2026-0005, signed and with no instalment deducted (not confirmed). 12
Figure 152. Cancelling RD-2026-0005, signed and with no instalment deducted (not confirmed).
  1. 1
    The reason is required: it is written on the debt's record.
  2. 2
    Cancel the debt (not pressed in the screenshot).

#What FleetPilot checks

#Tips

  • Always ask the driver for the DAA and photos: from My shift they are sent with the report at the time, with the location if they have accepted it.
  • Leave the driver empty when adding the report: automatic attribution relies on the rota and writes down the explanation. Only choose manually if you know the rota does not reflect who was driving.
  • Review closed claims with a «Pending» outcome: when the repair is finished, a claim without the other party at fault is closed automatically, and the outcome has to be recorded afterwards.
  • Record the recovery and the loss of use of claims with the other party at fault: without them, the policy's loss record looks worse than it is.
  • Look at the loss record before renewing policies: frequency, average cost against the excess and drivers with several claims at fault (their risk score is in Drivers).
  • Talk to the driver before preparing a debt acknowledgement and explain the split: they have to sign it themselves.

Fleet

Insurance

The fleet's policies (fleet or individual) with their cover, premium, expiry and renewal, the cars each one covers with their history and the claims ratio the insurer will look at when renewing.

Who uses it: Workshop and fleet, administration and managementAccess: «Insurance» section; to create, renew and change cars, «Edit insurance»; premiums, «See costs»

Every car on the road has to be insured. Insurance holds the policies: fleet policies (one contract with many cars, usually the fleet manager's or a large owner's) or individual ones (one car). For each one FleetPilot keeps the insurer, the broker, the policyholder, the type (third party, extended third party, comprehensive with or without excess), the cover, the premium and how it is paid, the excess, the start and expiry dates and the cars it covers, with the history of additions and removals. A car is on only one policy at a time.

The cover that matters for a VTC car or a taxi is compulsory liability (the compulsory motor insurance: damage to third parties) and passenger liability (damage to passengers), required by the transport regulation. The SOV (compulsory passenger insurance) is only required for vehicles with 9 or more seats: for the fleet's cars, passenger liability covers it.

#The list of policies

The fleet's policies as seen by the head of workshop and fleet. 1234567
Figure 153. The fleet's policies as seen by the head of workshop and fleet.
  1. 1
    Two views: Policies and Vehicles and cover (each car with its policy).
  2. 2
    Policies in force (or being renewed) and the insured cars they add up to.
  3. 3
    Expiring within 60 days: they need renewing in time.
  4. 4
    Cars without a policy: in service, in the workshop or off road and not on any policy today. An uninsured car cannot be driven or assigned.
  5. 5
    Annual premiums (with «See costs») and claims ratio: the cost of claims against the earned premium.
  6. 6
    The filters: in force, expiring within 60 days, being renewed, fleet, individual, expired and cancelled.
  7. 7
    New policy (with «Edit insurance»).

#A policy's record

Caser fleet policy CS-55-0091342: 11 cars, being renewed, expires on 1 November. 12345
Figure 154. Caser fleet policy CS-55-0091342: 11 cars, being renewed, expires on 1 November.
  1. 1
    Cars, expiry, annual premium and claims ratio.
  2. 2
    The expiry warning, with Renew.
  3. 3
    Policy details: insurer, broker, policyholder, type, cover level and the bar of its policy year (start and expiry).
  4. 4
    Cover: compulsory liability, passenger liability, glass, roadside assistance, own damage, legal defence…
  5. 5
    Premium and payment: annual premium, payment frequency, instalments, earned premium, excess and average premium per car (with «See costs»).

The Vehicles tab lists the cars covered and since when, with Add car and Remove; Claims ratio, its cars' claims; Documents keeps the policy, receipts and certificates; Changes, the audit log.

The claims ratio of Mutua Madrileña fleet policy FL-2026-778120, as seen by the general manager. 123
Figure 155. The claims ratio of Mutua Madrileña fleet policy FL-2026-778120, as seen by the general manager.
  1. 1
    Earned premium, cost of claims, frequency and at-fault claims in the year.
  2. 2
    The claims ratio (here, 18 %), insured car-years, claims and what was recovered from the other party, with the 60 % mark (good) and the 85 % mark (increase likely).
  3. 3
    Each of the policy's claims with its status and cost. See Claims.

#Renewing a policy or changing its cars

Renewing policy CS-55-0091342 (not renewed). 1234
Figure 156. Renewing policy CS-55-0091342 (not renewed).
  1. 1
    The new policy's number (if the insurer keeps the number, add the year).
  2. 2
    The start date and expiry of the new policy year.
  3. 3
    The new premium (each car's is adjusted in the same proportion).
  4. 4
    What will happen: the new policy with the same cover, excess and payment method; the cars move to it on the start date and the old one stays being renewed until that day.
How to add a new car to the fleet policy
  1. Open the policy in Insurance and go to the Vehicles tab.

  2. Tap Add car, choose the car and the start date (within the policy period).

  3. If the car was on another policy, FleetPilot closes that line on the same day.

The car shows as insured on its record and in «Vehicles and cover», and can now be assigned.

#Tips

  • Renew a month ahead: the warning appears 60 days before expiry.
  • Look at the claims ratio before negotiating: it is what the insurer will look at.
  • Keep the policy and receipts in Documents: inspectors and owners may ask for them.

People

Drivers

Each driver with their qualifications and expiries, their contract with the owner who employs them, their car and shift, their platforms, their production, working time, risk and documents; and hiring, leaving, suspension and the blacklist in a single operation.

Who uses it: HR, traffic, the branch, the payroll agency and the auditorAccess: «Drivers» section; to create and change, «Edit drivers»; contracts, «Manage contracts»; personal, contact, bank and health data, each with its own permission

Drivers holds the workforce: those under contract (regular drivers of a car and shift, and relief drivers, who cover days off and absences), candidates in the pool, the suspended, leavers and the blacklist. Each driver is employed by an owner (who owns the car and the licence and registers them with Social Security); the fleet manager keeps their record on the owner's behalf.

For each driver FleetPilot keeps their qualifications with their expiry —ID card or NIE, the category B driving licence with its seniority and points, the VTC driver permit (compulsory in Madrid since 2-10-2026) or the municipal taxi permit, the sex offences certificate (only its date: it is criminal-record data) and occupational risk prevention training—, their contract, their car and shift, their contact details, their personal and bank data (IBAN and NAF, the Social Security number), their platform accounts, their production, working time, cash, risk and documents.

#The list of drivers

Drivers as seen by the head of HR. 12345678
Figure 157. Drivers as seen by the head of HR.
  1. 1
    Under contract with an owner and working now (according to their clock-ins).
  2. 2
    Candidates in the pool and leavers this month.
  3. 3
    Qualifications expired or expiring soon: they cannot drive until renewed.
  4. 4
    No regular car: relief drivers and new hires, with no car-and-shift assignment.
  5. 5
    The search box: name, code, number plate, employer, ID or phone.
  6. 6
    The filters: under contract, working now, no regular car, qualifications, contract to sign, high risk, in the pool, suspended, leavers and blacklist.
  7. 7
    The employer (owner), the car and shift and the status of their qualifications. Further right, their platforms, this month, risk and whether they are working now.
  8. 8
    New driver: goes into the pool (also from Create).

#The driver's record

Andrés Villalba's record (C-0007): employed by Lucía Romero, on the 6944 LTV day shift. 123456
Figure 158. Andrés Villalba's record (C-0007): employed by Lucía Romero, on the 6944 LTV day shift.
  1. 1
    Code, branch, status, employer, car and shift, and whether they are working now.
  2. 2
    The tabs: Summary, Contracts, Assignments, Platforms, Production, Working time, Payroll, Fines and claims, Cash, Risk, Documents and Changes.
  3. 3
    Employer, car and shift, seniority, trips this month and net per hour.
  4. 4
    Qualifications: ID, driving licence (seniority and points), VTC driver permit and sex offences certificate, each with its expiry; risk prevention training and languages.
  5. 5
    Current contract: employer, status, type and hours, period, end of probation and collective agreement.
  6. 6
    Personal data: document, date of birth, nationality and address (with «Personal data»).
Further down, for HR: car and shift, contact, My shift user, personal and bank data. 123
Figure 159. Further down, for HR: car and shift, contact, My shift user, personal and bank data.
  1. 1
    Car and shift: vehicle, shift, day off, since when and the signed assignment declaration.
  2. 2
    Contact (personal and platform) and their My shift user.
  3. 3
    Bank and Social Security: IBAN and NAF hidden; the eye shows them (and it is logged in the audit).
The same record as seen by the traffic manager: no personal or bank data. 1
Figure 160. The same record as seen by the traffic manager: no personal or bank data.
  1. 1
    «Hidden by your access profile»: traffic has neither «Personal data» nor «Bank data». The database hides it, not just the screen.

#Hiring, leaving and changes

The record's More options menu gathers what changes a driver's situation. The database carries out each action in one go, with its checks:

The actions on a driver under contract. 1234
Figure 161. The actions on a driver under contract.
  1. 1
    Change employer: closes the contract with one owner and opens another with the new one (for example, if they move to another car).
  2. 2
    Assign car and Record absence (holidays, sick leave…), as in the Rota.
  3. 3
    Suspend: they can no longer be assigned, without leaving.
  4. 4
    Terminate: the unified termination (below).
Action What the database does
New driver Goes into the pool, with no contract. Before hiring, the ID or NIE, the driving licence and the VTC driver permit are checked.
Hire Creates the contract with the owner (to be signed in My shift) and sets them to under contract.
Assign car Only with a contract in force with the same owner as the car, with the car in service, with MOT and insurance, and without overlapping another of their assignments or the car's on that shift; it closes the previous one.
Suspend Nothing can be assigned to them until reactivated.
Terminate In a single operation it closes their assignments, cards, platform accounts and contract, and deactivates their My shift user. With Add to the blacklist, they also cannot be rehired and their platform accounts are blocked.
Rehire A former driver goes back to «under contract» and, if they had a My shift user, it is reactivated.
How to terminate a driver
  1. Open their record and tap More options → Process leaving.

  2. Enter the termination date and the reason (resignation, end of contract, dismissal…).

  3. If they must not be rehired, tick Add to the blacklist and write the reason (compulsory).

  4. Confirm with Process leaving (or Process leaving and blacklist).

They are terminated with everything in progress closed: the car is free in the rota and their cards are unassigned.

#Tips

  • Filter «Qualifications» every Monday: what expires in the coming weeks, so renewals are requested in time.
  • Link the My shift user when hiring: without it, the driver cannot clock in or sign.
  • Use the unified termination: closing the contract, cards and platforms by hand leaves loose ends.

People

Working time

The drivers' working-time record, which cannot be deleted or changed: clock-ins, working and attendance hours against hours online on the platforms, rest periods, excess hours, corrections with their reason, verification of the fingerprint chain and the export for the Labour Inspectorate.

Who uses it: HR, traffic, the payroll agency and the auditorAccess: «Working time» section; to add or correct clock-ins, «Edit working time»

Drivers clock in from My shift: start, break, resume and end. Each clock-in goes into the working-time record with the time, the source (the driver's app or the office), the car and, if the driver accepted the geolocation notice, the place. The record is tamper-proof: a clock-in cannot be changed or deleted, neither from the app nor from the database. If there is a mistake or something was forgotten, the office adds a new clock-in that cancels the previous one, with its reason and author; the original stays there.

Each clock-in also stores a fingerprint (SHA-256) of its content joined to that of the previous clock-in: a fingerprint chain. If anyone changed or deleted a clock-in behind the application's back, the chain would break and the verification would say so.

From the clock-ins, FleetPilot works out each working day: attendance (from start to end), breaks, effective work (attendance minus breaks), the rest since the previous working day and the hours online on the platforms (as reported by Uber, Bolt, Cabify and FREENOW). It has five tabs: Monthly record, By driver, Calendar, Anomalies and Integrity.

#The monthly record

October's record as seen by HR: each working day with its start, end, work, breaks and previous rest. 123456
Figure 162. October's record as seen by HR: each working day with its start, end, work, breaks and previous rest.
  1. 1
    The tabs: monthly record, by driver, calendar, anomalies and integrity.
  2. 2
    The month's working days and hours of work, and how many are on duty now.
  3. 3
    Excess (over the maximum daily working time), short rests and office corrections.
  4. 4
    The month and export the monthly record: the one shown to the Labour Inspectorate.
  5. 5
    Filters: excess working time, short rest, short break, no clock-out and with corrections.
  6. 6
    Each working day: driver, date, start and end, work, breaks, attendance and online, previous rest, issues and car.

#By driver and their calendar

Each driver's hours in the month, with the weekly average and time online against attendance. 123
Figure 163. Each driver's hours in the month, with the weekly average and time online against attendance.
  1. 1
    Drivers with working days, hours per driver, online / attendance and drivers with excess hours.
  2. 2
    The weekly average (amber if over the maximum) and attendance.
  3. 3
    Online: hours online on the platforms and their share of attendance. If it exceeds attendance, they were online without clocking in.
Andrés Villalba's working-time calendar for October. 123
Figure 164. Andrés Villalba's working-time calendar for October.
  1. 1
    The driver (searched by name or code).
  2. 2
    The month's summary: days worked, work, attendance, online, excess hours and short rests.
  3. 3
    Each day with its effective work and its start and end; holidays or sick leave in purple; days with trips and no clock-in, in red. Tap a day to see it.
Andrés's 9 October: 9 h 55 min of work with a 39-minute break, and his four clock-ins with their fingerprint. 12345
Figure 165. Andrés's 9 October: 9 h 55 min of work with a 39-minute break, and his four clock-ins with their fingerprint.
  1. 1
    The working day: start and end, work, breaks, attendance and online; and the previous rest.
  2. 2
    A warning: the break is shorter than RD 1561/1995 requires for a working day of over 9 h.
  3. 3
    Enter record: something forgotten (for example, the clock-out), always with its reason.
  4. 4
    Each clock-in: time, type, source (the driver's app), car, its number in the chain and the start of its fingerprint.
  5. 5
    Correct: creates a new clock-in that cancels this one, with its reason. The original is not deleted.
How to correct a clock-in
  1. In Calendar, choose the driver and tap the day.

  2. On the wrong clock-in, tap Correct (or Enter record if one is missing).

  3. Enter the right time and the reason («forgot to clock out: time of the last trip»…) and save.

A new, chained clock-in cancels the previous one. The record shows the correction, who made it and why; the driver sees it in their Working time tab.

#Anomalies and integrity

Anomalies over the last 62 days. 123
Figure 166. Anomalies over the last 62 days.
  1. 1
    No clock-out (forgotten for more than 14 h), no clock-in (days with trips and no working day: serious), excess hours, short rests and insufficient weekly rest.
  2. 2
    The same, as filters, starting with those that need attention.
  3. 3
    Each anomaly with the driver, date, type and detail. Tap it to go to the day and correct or explain it.
The record's integrity as seen by the auditor: the fingerprint chain is intact. 1234
Figure 167. The record's integrity as seen by the auditor: the fingerprint chain is intact.
  1. 1
    The fingerprint chain: clock-ins are only ever added; a correction is a new clock-in that cancels the previous one.
  2. 2
    Verify now recalculates every fingerprint in order and compares them with the stored ones.
  3. 3
    The result: how many clock-ins have been checked and whether any has been altered; the head of the chain and when it was checked.
  4. 4
    The latest clock-ins in the chain, with their number, date, driver, type and fingerprint.

#Tips

  • Check «No clock-in» every week: a day with trips and no working day is the first thing an inspection would look at.
  • Correct with a specific reason: «time of the last trip» or «start according to telematics» is still clear years later.
  • Watch for short rests when setting covers of a night shift followed by a day shift.

Finance

Production

Trips and revenue from Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW, the dispatch radio and street hails, attributed to the driver who had the car at that moment: gross, VAT, commission, net, tips, tolls and cash; unassigned trips, report imports, fare adjustments and each platform's payouts.

Who uses it: Management, traffic, administration and the branchAccess: «Production» section; amounts, «See revenue»; importing reports, «Import production»

Trips arrive from the platforms (through their API, synced every day, or by importing their reports) with the number plate, the driver's platform account, the route and the amounts. FleetPilot attributes each trip to the driver who had the car at the moment it ended: the one covering that day and shift in the rota or, if none, the one whose assignment shift contains that time. That way, a two-shift car's production is split correctly between the day and night drivers, and each one's payslip comes out with their own trips.

The amounts of each trip:

Amount What it is
Gross What the passenger paid, including transport VAT (10 %).
Commission What the platform keeps (excluding VAT: it invoices it separately).
Net Gross − discounts − commission: what the platform pays out to the fleet.
Tip and toll Separate and paid in full; they do not count towards variable pay.
Cash What the passenger paid by hand: the platform deducts it from its payout and the driver has to hand it in (see Cash).
  1. 1The trip arrivesThrough the platform's API or by importing its report.
  2. 2The carBy the number plate (or by the driver's account).
  3. 3Who was drivingThe day's cover or the shift assignment at that moment.
  4. 4UnassignedIf nothing fits, it stays with its reason to be resolved.
  5. 5Payroll and settlementThe driver's variable pay and the owner's account.
A trip's journey: it is always attributed to whoever had the car when it ended.

#The summary

October's summary as seen by the general manager. 12345678
Figure 168. October's summary as seen by the general manager.
  1. 1
    The views: summary, trips, unassigned, imports, fare adjustments and platform payouts.
  2. 2
    The period: this month, another month or a date range. Changes compare with the same days of the previous period.
  3. 3
    Gross revenue (with VAT included and its amount).
  4. 4
    Net to the fleet and the platforms' commission (in € and as % of gross).
  5. 5
    Trips, the average amount per trip and cancellations.
  6. 6
    € per hour online: net divided by the hours drivers were online on the platforms.
  7. 7
    More: km on trips (with net per km), tips and tolls, cash collected and drivers and cars with trips.
  8. 8
    The warning about the period's unassigned trips, with Resolve.

Further down, production by day, the split by platform, the trend over recent months and a breakdown by platform, driver, vehicle, owner or day (with net per hour, rating and acceptance as reported by each platform).

#Trips and their attribution

The period's trips, each with its platform, driver, car and amounts. 1234
Figure 169. The period's trips, each with its platform, driver, car and amounts.
  1. 1
    Filters: platform, status, payment (app or cash), driver, vehicle, unassigned and adjusted fares.
  2. 2
    The platform, the attributed driver and the vehicle.
  3. 3
    The payment (app or cash), gross, net and status.
  4. 4
    The totals of what is filtered (at most the 1,000 most recent trips: narrow the period or the filters).
The «Attribution» tab of a Bolt trip: who was driving and why. 1234
Figure 170. The «Attribution» tab of a Bolt trip: who was driving and why.
  1. 1
    Platform, status, attributed driver, date, car and owner.
  2. 2
    Summary (amounts, route and platform data), Attribution and Reassignments.
  3. 3
    Who was driving and why, step by step: the car by its number plate, the car's assignments that day (here, double-shift: the shift containing the end time counts), the day's cover (which overrides the assignment) and the platform account.
  4. 4
    The result: who it is attributed to and why (here, by that shift's cover). If, with today's rota, the rule would give another driver, it warns you.

In the record's Summary, See route on the map opens Live map → Trips with this trip selected: where the car went according to telematics, how fast, its harsh acceleration, braking, cornering and speeding out of range, and who was driving (with «See location»; telematics keeps routes for the last 14 days).

How to reassign a wrongly attributed trip
  1. Open the trip (from Trips or Unassigned) and go to Attribution.

  2. If the rota was wrong (an unrecorded handover), it is best to correct the rota and tap Re-attribute: the rule puts it right.

  3. Otherwise, tap Reassign: choose who was really driving (empty = nobody) and write the reason («early handover», «unrecorded cover»…).

The trip moves to the chosen driver and is listed under Reassignments with who, when and why. If that month's payroll is already closed, it does not change: it is corrected in the following month's.

#Unassigned trips

Trips that could not be attributed, with their reason. 123
Figure 171. Trips that could not be attributed, with their reason.
  1. 1
    How many and why: unknown number plate, nobody had the car or ambiguous assignment; and their net, which counts for nobody.
  2. 2
    The number plate and the driver account sent by the platform, and the reason.
  3. 3
    Resolve: assign the trip to the car and driver (with a reason), or correct the rota and re-attribute.
Reason What it usually is How to resolve it
Unknown number plate A new car not yet created, a typo on the platform, a replacement car Assign the trip; if the car is missing, create it and re-attribute
Nobody had the car Newly created car, unrecorded shift change, platform account not registered Correct the rota or register the driver's account on their record
Ambiguous assignment Double-shift car with a gap between shifts, handover at an odd time Assign it to whoever was driving or record a cover for that day

#Imports, fare adjustments and payouts

Imports of platform and bank reports, as seen by the traffic manager. 1234
Figure 172. Imports of platform and bank reports, as seen by the traffic manager.
  1. 1
    Imports in the last 30 days, rows imported, with errors and unassigned.
  2. 2
    Filters: trips, bank, with errors, reverted.
  3. 3
    Import report: a CSV or Excel file of a platform's trips (or a bank statement).
  4. 4
    Each import: number and file, type, period, rows, who did it and its status (processed or with errors).

FleetPilot recognises each platform's columns by their name, in Spanish or English («Trip UUID», «order_reference», «Ride price», «Net earnings», «Tus ganancias»…) and lets you correct the mapping before importing. Re-importing a report does not duplicate trips: each trip's reference is unique. Each import keeps the original file as a document and can be reverted.

Fare adjustments lists trips whose price the platform changed afterwards (Bolt reviews past trip prices after complaints or route checks): the original and new net are kept, and the sum of the differences. Platform payouts shows what each platform has to pay into each owner's account per week, against what was received in the bank.

Weekly platform payouts to each owner: expected, overdue and with a difference. 123
Figure 173. Weekly platform payouts to each owner: expected, overdue and with a difference.
  1. 1
    Pending collection, overdue (the expected date has passed), collected this month and differences (collected short or over).
  2. 2
    Filters: pending, overdue, with a difference, reconciled.
  3. 3
    Each week and owner: expected date, expected, received, difference and status.

#Tips

  • Resolve «Unassigned» every week, before closing payroll.
  • Correct the rota before the trip: with the rota right, the rule attributes every trip of that shift on its own.
  • Claim large fare adjustments and payout differences from the platform.

Finance

Payroll

Each driver's collective-agreement variable pay, month by month: turnover, scale percentage, fixed pay, allowed fuel and kilometres, deductions (RD, fines, advances, cash) and approximate net pay; recalculate, adjust with traceability, close the month and export for the payroll agency.

Who uses it: HR, management and the payroll agencyAccess: «Payroll» section and «See payroll»; to adjust, «Edit payroll»; to close the month, «Close payroll»

Madrid VTC drivers are paid under the sector's collective agreement (base salary, seniority and quality allowances) plus variable pay under a productivity agreement on what they bill, which the agreement itself allows (art. 26). FleetPilot calculates that variable pay and an approximate payslip for each driver every month, with the trips the database attributes to them (their own, not the car's: two drivers of the same car are not counted twice). The official payslip is produced by the payroll agency from what FleetPilot exports to it.

During the month payslips are drafts and recalculate themselves with every change in production, fuel or deductions (the driver sees theirs, simulated, in My shift). At the end of the month, HR closes them: they no longer change and the instalments of debt acknowledgements and charged fines are deducted.

#This month's payslips

October's payslips, as drafts, as seen by HR. 1234567
Figure 174. October's payslips, as drafts, as seen by HR.
  1. 1
    Three views: Month, Trend and Agreement; and the month shown.
  2. 2
    Drivers with a payslip (those who had a contract any day of the month), their turnover and the total variable pay.
  3. 3
    Approximate net pay, employer cost (what they cost their owners) and payslips adjusted by hand.
  4. 4
    The month's status: as drafts, they recalculate with every change until closing.
  5. 5
    Recalculate all, Close the month and export for the payroll agency.
  6. 6
    Filters: with and without variable pay, adjusted, with deductions and with cash pending.
  7. 7
    Per driver: days, turnover, %, variable, fixed, deductions, approximate net, employer cost and status.

#A driver's payslip

Andrés Villalba's September payslip, closed: the variable pay calculation step by step. 12345
Figure 175. Andrés Villalba's September payslip, closed: the variable pay calculation step by step.
  1. 1
    Number, month, status (closed), the driver, their employer and the agreement that applies.
  2. 2
    Calculation, Month's production, Adjustments, Comparison with other months and Documents.
  3. 3
    Turnover, variable %, variable pay and approximate net pay.
  4. 4
    Closed: it no longer changes. A correction goes into the following month's payslip.
  5. 5
    Variable pay, step by step, with this month's figures and the agreement parameters in force.
Steps 2 to 11 of Andrés's September calculation. 12345
Figure 176. Steps 2 to 11 of Andrés's September calculation.
  1. 1
    Payslip days and pro-rated fixed pay: base salary + seniority allowance + quality allowance, pro rata for the days.
  2. 2
    Scale percentage (one more point for every €100 billed above the minimum) and the driver's commission.
  3. 3
    Allowed fuel and kilometres: anything above the allowance is deducted.
  4. 4
    The variable pay: max(commission − fixed, 0) − excesses.
  5. 5
    The month's deductions (RD, fines, advances, cash), approximate net pay and cost to the employer.

#Closing the month

Before closing October, FleetPilot warns what will happen and what is pending (not closed). 12
Figure 177. Before closing October, FleetPilot warns what will happen and what is pending (not closed).
  1. 1
    What closing does: payslips are no longer recalculated or adjusted, RD instalments and charged fines are deducted and each driver gets a notification in My shift.
  2. 2
    What is pending: here, unassigned trips that count for no payslip. Resolve them first.
How to close the month's payroll
  1. First resolve the unassigned trips in Production and review pending adjustments.

  2. Open Payroll, choose the month and tap Recalculate one last time.

  3. Review those with deductions or cash pending.

  4. Tap Close the month and confirm.

  5. Export for the payroll agency: the file with each driver's gross pay, variable pay and deductions.

The payslips are closed: the driver sees theirs in My shift → My payslips and the payroll agency produces the official one.

#Agreement and trend

The collective agreement and productivity agreement parameters, by version. 1234
Figure 178. The collective agreement and productivity agreement parameters, by version.
  1. 1
    Parameters go by version with their validity: each payslip uses the one in force in its month; a new version closes the previous one the day before it starts.
  2. 2
    The agreement (code, region, official gazette and validity) and the 2026 version, in force, with the payslips that use it. New version replaces it from a date.
  3. 3
    The parameters: base salary, allowances, variable pay rule and scale, allowed fuel and km, contributions and withholding, annual hours.
  4. 4
    There may be other company agreements (here, the Málaga branch's).
The cost of drivers month by month. 12
Figure 179. The cost of drivers month by month.
  1. 1
    Each month's fixed and variable pay (bars) and the employer cost (line).
  2. 2
    Each month: drivers, turnover, average %, fixed, variable, net, cost and status. Tap one to see it.

#Tips

  • Do not close with unassigned trips: those trips count for nobody.
  • Check fuel and km excesses before closing: a wrongly attributed refuel lowers the variable pay.
  • Change parameters with a new version, never mid-month: closed payslips keep theirs.

Finance

Expenses

Invoices and receipts of the fleet manager, the owners, the cars and the drivers: OCR reading, who they are allocated to, review, approval or rejection with a reason, and suppliers. An approved expense goes into the owner's settlement.

Who uses it: Administration; management (view only)Access: «Expenses» section; to create and correct, «Edit expenses»; to approve and reject, «Approve expenses»; the amounts, «See costs»

Expenses gathers everything paid with an invoice or receipt that does not arrive any other way: an owner's monthly car wash, the parking a driver pays when picking up a client at the airport, a tyre change, the payroll agency, the workshop's invoice for a service… For each expense FleetPilot keeps:

  • The document: date, invoice or receipt number, supplier and their NIF (número de identificación fiscal, tax ID), category and description, and the photo or PDF in the Documents tab.
  • The amounts: taxable base (the amount before tax), VAT rate (IVA, value added tax, which for the company is input VAT), VAT amount and total.
  • The allocation: who it belongs to and who ends up paying it: the company (the fleet manager itself), an owner (the investor or company that owns the cars; see Owners), a vehicle (and with it, its owner) or a driver, to whom it is passed on.
  • Its origin and its status: who created it and what point of the review it is at.

Expenses come in four ways: by hand (New expense); by uploading the photo or PDF and letting OCR (optical character recognition: reading the text of an image) propose the data; from My shift, when a driver photographs a receipt they have paid; and from the Workshop, with a work order's invoice. Until Administration approves it, an expense does not count in any settlement.

  1. 1CreatedBy hand, with OCR, from «My shift» or from a work order. It stays as a draft.
  2. 2ReviewedSomeone who edits expenses checks the data and marks it reviewed.
  3. 3ApprovedAdministration accepts it: it goes into the owner's settlement.
  4. 4RejectedWith its reason. The driver who sent it gets a notification.
An expense's path. An approved or rejected one is not touched again: if it needs correcting, it is reopened.

#The expense list

Expenses as seen by Javier (Administration): those of the last three months and everything still pending approval. 12345678
Figure 180. Expenses as seen by Javier (Administration): those of the last three months and everything still pending approval.
  1. 1
    Spend in period: the total including VAT of the expenses in the chosen period that are not rejected, approved or not.
  2. 2
    To approve (drafts and reviewed ones of any date), OCR to review (read by OCR or sent by a driver and still a draft) and Possible duplicates. Tap one to filter the list.
  3. 3
    Input VAT: the sum of the VAT amounts of the period's expenses, as a reference for the quarterly return.
  4. 4
    The notice of reviewed expenses awaiting approval. Approve all approves them all at once (except possible duplicates, which are approved one by one).
  5. 5
    The search box: by number (GA-…), supplier, tax ID, description, invoice number, number plate, owner or driver.
  6. 6
    To its left, Export CSV and the period; More filters filters by category, allocation and origin, and the button next to it shows the analysis by category and allocation.
  7. 7
    Upload receipt or invoice reads the document with OCR; New expense, to its right, opens the empty form.
  8. 8
    The filters with their counts: All, To approve, OCR to review, From drivers, Possible duplicates, Approved and Rejected.

Each row shows the expense (number and date, with its category icon in the colour of its status), the supplier and description, the category, the allocation (with the plate and the owner, the owner or the driver), the base, the total and the status. Next to the status, an icon distinguishes what a driver sent and what OCR read; a possible duplicate has a red icon next to the supplier and the row is highlighted. The footer adds up the number of expenses, the base, the VAT and the total of what you are looking at (excluding rejected ones).

Status What it means
Draft Just created (by hand, by OCR, by a driver). It can be corrected and deleted.
Reviewed Someone who edits expenses has checked the data. It is still pending approval.
Approved Administration accepts it: it counts in the owner's settlement and in the car's profitability. It can no longer be edited.
Rejected Not accepted, with its reason (a personal receipt, a duplicate…). It counts for nothing. It can no longer be edited.

The list always loads the chosen period (This month, Previous month, Last 3 months, This year or All) and, in addition, everything still pending even if older, so nothing is left unapproved. The analysis breaks down what you see by category (a ring chart with the six largest and the rest) and by allocation (company, owner, vehicle, driver).

#An expense's record

Tap a row to open its record. This is the invoice for September's car washes of Movilidad Henares (T-005), which someone uploaded with OCR when it had already been recorded:

The record of expense GA-2026-0861, a draft: the same car wash invoice as GA-2026-0755, already approved. 12345678
Figure 181. The record of expense GA-2026-0861, a draft: the same car wash invoice as GA-2026-0755, already approved.
  1. 1
    The possible duplicate warning: another expense from the same supplier, allocated to the same target, with the same invoice number or the same amount within ±3 days. View opens the other one.
  2. 2
    The actions on an open expense: Edit (the pencil), Delete (the bin) and Reject (the red circle, with its reason).
  3. 3
    Approve: accepts it. With a possible duplicate, FleetPilot asks you to confirm first.
  4. 4
    The amounts: taxable base, VAT with its rate, total and the document date.
  5. 5
    Expense details: supplier and tax ID, invoice or receipt number, category and origin. The icon in the corner opens the supplier.
  6. 6
    OCR reading: what it read from the document, field by field, with its confidence. What was corrected during review appears struck through.
  7. 7
    Allocation: who it goes to (here, owner T-005) and what that means: it goes into their monthly settlement as «other costs» once approved.
  8. 8
    Tracking: creation (when and by which route), review and approval or rejection, with who did it.

The record has the Summary tab and the Documents tab, where the photo of the receipt or the invoice PDF is (and where more are added). With the «See audit log» permission (Management, for example) the Changes tab also appears: who changed what and when.

The expense a driver sends

When a driver pays for something with their own money (parking, a cash toll, an urgent car wash), they create it from My shift with a photo of the receipt. It reaches Administration as a draft, allocated to the car they were driving that day (or to themselves if they had no car that day), with origin «Sent by driver»:

The T4 parking sent by Jhon Castillo Hidalgo (C-0008) when picking up a booking: the reading and the allocation. 12345
Figure 182. The T4 parking sent by Jhon Castillo Hidalgo (C-0008) when picking up a booking: the reading and the allocation.
  1. 1
    The receipt's OCR reading, with the overall confidence (here, medium).
  2. 2
    The confidence of each field: high, medium or low. The tax ID, low: the parking receipt does not include it. Check these fields first.
  3. 3
    Allocated to the vehicle they were driving that day and, with it, its owner. «Sent by» says which driver sent it.
  4. 4
    The plate and the owner are set by the database: the owner of a car's expense is always the car's owner.
  5. 5
    Creation, with the time it was sent and its origin: Sent by driver.

When you approve or reject it, the driver gets a notification in My shift, with the reason if you rejected it.

The expense that comes from a work order

Workshop invoices for work orders are recorded as expenses with origin Work order and linked to their order (see Workshop):

The invoice from Talleres Hermanos Rubio for order OT-2026-0224 (the 105,000 km service of 2245 NFJ), already approved. 1234
Figure 183. The invoice from Talleres Hermanos Rubio for order OT-2026-0224 (the 105,000 km service of 2245 NFJ), already approved.
  1. 1
    Approved: it can no longer be edited or deleted. The padlock (Reopen) returns it to draft to correct it.
  2. 2
    Origin Work order and the order it comes from (those who see the Workshop can open it from here).
  3. 3
    Allocated to the order's car and its owner.
  4. 4
    Who approved it and when.

#Uploading a receipt or invoice with OCR

Upload receipt or invoice asks for the file (a photo or a PDF), reads it and opens the Review the document reading form with what it proposes. In the demo the reading is simulated: it has the same shape as the real reading (supplier, tax ID, number, date, base, VAT, total, suggested category and the confidence of each field), but it makes up the data from the file name. With the AI integration (Claude) in real mode, configured in Integrations, the reading is done by the model: the expense is saved as a draft with its document and completed when the response arrives.

The reading of a T4 parking receipt, ready to review (the expense does not exist yet: it is created on saving). 12345678
Figure 184. The reading of a T4 parking receipt, ready to review (the expense does not exist yet: it is created on saving).
  1. 1
    The review form, with the name of the file you uploaded.
  2. 2
    Under each field, the OCR's confidence in what it read.
  3. 3
    If the supplier is already registered, OCR selects it in Supplier; if not, it writes its name here.
  4. 4
    Supplier tax ID: empty and with low confidence, because the receipt does not include it.
  5. 5
    The category it suggests (when you choose a supplier, FleetPilot proposes the one for its type).
  6. 6
    Amounts: when you change the base or the rate, FleetPilot recalculates the VAT and the total; if you only enter the total, it works out the base. It warns if they do not add up.
  7. 7
    Allocation: company, owner, vehicle or driver. If you choose owner, vehicle or driver, you have to say which in the field next to it.
  8. 8
    The summary of the proposal with its overall confidence. Save has not been tapped in the screenshot.
How to record a parking receipt with OCR
  1. In Expenses, tap Upload receipt or invoice and choose the photo or PDF.

  2. Review the proposal, starting with the fields with medium or low confidence: date, number, supplier, tax ID, category, description and amounts.

  3. Choose the allocation: if it belongs to a car, Vehicle and its plate (FleetPilot fills in the owner); if it belongs to an owner, Owner; if it is passed on to a driver, Driver.

  4. Tap Save. If FleetPilot finds an identical expense (same supplier and invoice number, or same total within ±3 days), it asks «Looks like a duplicate of …»: cancel, or tap Save anyway if they really are two expenses.

The expense is created as a draft, with origin «Scanned receipt (OCR)», the reading saved (to see later what was corrected) and the document in its Documents tab. Its record opens.

New expense opens the same empty form, for an invoice that does not need reading. The proposed VAT is the standard rate (21 %); change it if the invoice has another. The amount fields only appear with the «See costs» permission.

#Reviewing, approving and rejecting

The review has two steps so that whoever creates expenses is not the one who accepts them:

  • Those with «Edit expenses» but not «Approve expenses» see the Mark reviewed button on a draft's record: the expense becomes Reviewed and waits for Administration.
  • Those with «Approve expenses» (Administration) see Approve and Reject on drafts and reviewed ones, and the list notice with Approve all.
How to approve the week's expenses
  1. Tap the To approve indicator (or the filter of the same name).

  2. Open the drafts: compare the data with the document (Documents tab), correct whatever is needed with the pencil and check the allocation.

  3. If it is correct, tap Approve on its record. If it is a possible duplicate, FleetPilot asks you to confirm: approving it twice would double the cost in the owner's settlement.

  4. For those already reviewed, use Approve all in the list notice and confirm.

The expenses are approved, with who and when in their tracking. Those of an owner or a car go into that month's settlement (if it is still a draft, recalculate it: see Owners).
Rejecting an expense asks for the reason; the driver who sent it receives it in their notification. 123
Figure 185. Rejecting an expense asks for the reason; the driver who sent it receives it in their notification.
  1. 1
    Which expense is rejected and what happens: it is rejected with its reason and does not go into any settlement.
  2. 2
    The reason, required.
  3. 3
    Reject (not tapped in the screenshot).

To correct an expense already approved or rejected, open it and tap the padlock Reopen: it returns to Draft, is corrected and is approved again.

#Suppliers

The Suppliers view gathers those who invoice the fleet manager or its owners: workshops, car washes, petrol stations and card issuers, charging operators, insurers and brokers, renting companies, the payroll agency, software… When creating an expense the supplier is chosen from this list, and its type proposes the category.

Alcora Movilidad's suppliers, with what has been spent with each one in the last twelve months. 123456
Figure 186. Alcora Movilidad's suppliers, with what has been spent with each one in the last twelve months.
  1. 1
    Spend in 12 months: what has been spent with all suppliers in the last year (non-rejected expenses of your branches).
  2. 2
    Top supplier: the one with the highest spend in 12 months. It is usually the fuel card issuer, whose invoice is reconciled in Fuel cards.
  3. 3
    Search by name, tax ID, city or type.
  4. 4
    The filters by group of types, With expenses to approve and Inactive (inactive ones are not offered when creating an expense).
  5. 5
    New supplier: name, tax ID, type, contact, address and whether it is active.
  6. 6
    For each one: type, contact, city, expenses and amount for 12 months and the work orders it has.
The record of Talleres Hermanos Rubio, the Getafe workshop that services the Madrid fleet. 12345
Figure 187. The record of Talleres Hermanos Rubio, the Getafe workshop that services the Madrid fleet.
  1. 1
    Edit: change its details or deactivate it (inactive).
  2. 2
    The tab with its expenses (each one opens from here)…
  3. 3
    …and the one with its work orders, if it is a workshop.
  4. 4
    Expenses and amount for the last 12 months, how many are pending approval and the date of the last one.
  5. 5
    Its details: tax ID, type, contact, phone, email and address (and the policies in force, if it is an insurer).

Suppliers are created and changed by those who edit expenses, workshop, insurance or cards. A supplier with expenses is not deleted: mark it inactive and it will remain on its expenses.

#What each profile sees

Administration (Javier) Management (Ricardo) Administrator (Alba) Driver (Andrés)
Sees the section Yes Yes Yes No: their expenses, in My shift
Amounts Yes Yes Yes Their own
Creates, corrects and uploads with OCR Yes No Yes Sends their receipts from My shift
Approves, rejects and reopens Yes No Yes No

#Tips

  • Approve before settling. Owners' settlements only count approved expenses: go through To approve in the first days of the month, before generating those for the previous month.
  • Ask drivers for a photo of the whole receipt, with the amount and the tax ID visible: the reading comes out with more confidence.
  • Review duplicates as soon as possible. If it is the same document uploaded twice, reject the extra one with the reason «duplicate».
  • Choose the supplier from the list instead of typing it: that way its tax ID and type are filled in and duplicate detection works.
  • Allocate to the car what belongs to a car (washes, parking, tyres): it counts for its owner and for the vehicle's profitability in Reports.

Finance

Fuel cards

Fuel, EV charging, toll and cash-deposit cards, assigned to a driver or a car with their history; each transaction attributed to whoever had the card or the car at that moment; anomalies and reconciliation with the issuer's invoice.

Who uses it: Administration and finance; traffic and the branch to consultAccess: «Fuel cards» section; to create, assign and block them, «Edit fuel cards»; amounts, «See costs»

Each car or driver carries cards from the issuers (Moeve, Solred, Galp, Iberdrola, Zunder, Via-T…): fuel, EV charging, toll and the cash deposit card for the bank (see Cash). A card can go with a driver (used in any car) or with a car (used by whoever drives it on each shift), always within the same owner. Every change of assignment is kept in its history, with its start and end.

Transactions arrive from each issuer (simulated in the demo) and FleetPilot attributes them to the driver who had the card —or the car— at that moment. That way fuel goes into the payslip of the driver who refuelled (the variable pay's fuel allowance) and into the owner's settlement as a cost.

#The list of cards

Cards as seen by administration: assigned, available, blocked and with anomalies. 1234567
Figure 188. Cards as seen by administration: assigned, available, blocked and with anomalies.
  1. 1
    Three views: Cards, Transactions and Reconciliation.
  2. 2
    Cards assigned, available and blocked.
  3. 3
    The month's spend (with «See costs»).
  4. 4
    Anomalies to review: transactions with something odd that nobody has looked at.
  5. 5
    Filters: active, assigned, available, blocked, with anomalies, retired and third-party (another company's, which appear in the issuer's API).
  6. 6
    The owner and who it is assigned to: a driver or a car («car card»).
  7. 7
    New card (with «Edit fuel cards»).

#A card's record

Alcora's Moeve fuel card ••6169, which goes with the car 4674 LCJ. 123456
Figure 189. Alcora's Moeve fuel card ••6169, which goes with the car 4674 LCJ.
  1. 1
    Type, owner, status and issuer with the last digits.
  2. 2
    Edit, block, retire and Reassign.
  3. 3
    The month's spend and transactions, the monthly limit and how much has been used.
  4. 4
    Card details: number (hidden), issuer, type, owner, what it goes with (the car or the driver), expiry and last transaction.
  5. 5
    Current assignment: with a car card, each transaction is attributed to whoever was driving the car (the day's cover or the assignment).
  6. 6
    Limits and products: the monthly limit and allowed products; one outside the list is an anomaly.

#Transactions and anomalies

The month's transactions, each attributed to a driver. 1234
Figure 190. The month's transactions, each attributed to a driver.
  1. 1
    Amount, litres, kWh charged, transactions to review and not attributed to any driver.
  2. 2
    Filters: with anomalies, to review, not attributed, declined, by product.
  3. 3
    The card and who the transaction is attributed to, with the car.
  4. 4
    The product with litres or kWh, the amount and the anomalies.
Anomaly What it means
More litres than the tank The transaction exceeds the car's tank capacity (with a 5 % margin): was another car filled?
Outside shift Outside the clocked-in working time of whoever had the card.
Product not allowed A product the card does not allow (for example, shop items).
Odd fuel or place A fuel that is not the car's or a station far from its area.
Another car's card A car card used with a different car.

Each anomaly is reviewed (justified or not) and, if needed, a discrepancy or a debt acknowledgement is opened.

#Reconciliation with the issuer's invoice

September's reconciliation: what each issuer's and owner's transactions add up to against their invoice. 1234
Figure 191. September's reconciliation: what each issuer's and owner's transactions add up to against their invoice.
  1. 1
    Transactions, invoiced, reconciled, difference and issuers without an invoice.
  2. 2
    The warning about third-party cards: their transactions are not imported.
  3. 3
    The month and Reconcile this month.
  4. 4
    By issuer and owner: sum of the transactions, the issuer's invoice (an expense in Expenses), its amount, the difference and the status.
How to reassign a card
  1. Open the card and tap Reassign.

  2. Choose whether it goes with a driver or a car (of the same owner) and from when.

The previous assignment closes at that moment and the new one starts; transactions are attributed with whichever was in force at each moment.

#Tips

  • Block a card as soon as it is lost, here and on the issuer's portal.
  • Review anomalies every week: a refuel of more litres than the tank does not explain itself.
  • Reconcile every month when the issuer's invoice arrives: differences are easier to claim early.

Finance

Cash

Each driver's cash box: the cash collected from passengers according to the platforms against what was deposited in the bank or handed in at the office, the balance and days without handing in; the bank statement reconciled by the last 4 digits of the deposit card.

Who uses it: Administration and finance; traffic and HR to consultAccess: «Cash» section; to import statements and reconcile, «Reconcile»; amounts, «See revenue»

Some passengers pay in cash. The driver keeps that money, and the platform deducts it from what it pays the fleet each week. The driver has to hand it in: normally by depositing it at any cash machine with their deposit card (a cash card in their name); they can also hand it in at the office or have it deducted from their payslip.

FleetPilot keeps each driver's cash box: cash collected over the last 90 days according to the platforms, minus what was handed in in those 90 days, is their balance. If it exceeds the maximum they may keep (€100 by default, in Settings) or they go longer than allowed without handing in (3 days by default), an alert is raised. When the bank statement is imported, each deposit made with a cash card is reconciled automatically with the driver who had that card that day, by its last 4 digits.

#Drivers' cash boxes

Drivers' cash boxes, from highest to lowest balance. 1234567
Figure 192. Drivers' cash boxes, from highest to lowest balance.
  1. 1
    Three views: Drivers' cash boxes, Bank and Hand-overs.
  2. 2
    Cash pending: what all drivers hold without having handed it in.
  3. 3
    Over the maximum (how many and how much) and days without handing in above the warning.
  4. 4
    Cash collected and handed in over the last 7 days.
  5. 5
    Record handover: a cash hand-over at the office.
  6. 6
    Filters: with a balance, with an alert, over the maximum, not handed in.
  7. 7
    Per driver: collected and handed in in 90 days, balance, days without handing in and the alert.
Andrés Villalba's cash box: no balance; he hands in what he collects every few days. 1234
Figure 193. Andrés Villalba's cash box: no balance; he hands in what he collects every few days.
  1. 1
    The driver, their deposit card (••7273) and the status of their box. Handover records a cash hand-over.
  2. 2
    Balance, cash collected and handed in in 90 days and days without handing in.
  3. 3
    Cash collected (amber) and handed in (green) each week.
  4. 4
    Their limits: maximum in the box, warning after so many days, last collection, last hand-over and the deposit card.

#The bank and reconciliation

Bank movements: those pending reconciliation, cash deposits and platform payouts. 1234
Figure 194. Bank movements: those pending reconciliation, cash deposits and platform payouts.
  1. 1
    Pending reconciliation, platform payments and cash deposits over 30 days, and the percentage reconciled.
  2. 2
    Import statement: the bank file in Norma 43 format (the Spanish banks' standard statement, CSB book 43).
  3. 3
    Filters: pending, cash deposits, platform payouts, other.
  4. 4
    Each movement: date, description, account, amount, what it is reconciled with and its status. A pending one is reconciled by hand by choosing the driver or the payout.

A reconciled cash deposit creates the driver's hand-over and lowers their balance; a platform payment marks its weekly payout as collected (reconciled if it matches, in discrepancy if not; see Production). If a deposit is not reconciled automatically, FleetPilot suggests candidates: first whoever had the card with those 4 digits that day; then the person whose name appears in the description; and then those with a balance, the closest first.

How to record a cash hand-over
  1. Tap Record handover and choose the driver (those with the highest balance come first).

  2. Enter the amount and the date, and save.

The driver's balance goes down and the hand-over appears in Hand-overs and in their My shift.
First you choose the driver who is handing in the cash (nothing has been recorded). 12
Figure 195. First you choose the driver who is handing in the cash (nothing has been recorded).
  1. 1
    A search box for drivers.
  2. 2
    Drivers with a balance, highest first, with their code, branch, the card's last digits and the balance.

#Tips

  • Import the statement every day: card reconciliation is automatic and alerts clear on their own.
  • Assign the deposit card when hiring: without it, deposits are not reconciled automatically.
  • Start with «Over the maximum»: they are the first ones to ask to deposit.

Finance

Owners

The investors and companies that contribute the cars and the licences and employ their drivers: their details, their contribution account, their platform accounts, their management fee and their monthly settlement, with the management invoice that goes with it.

Who uses it: Administration; management; HR (without settlements)Access: «Owners» section; to create and change, «Edit owners»; settlements, «See settlements» and, to generate them and mark them paid, «Settle owners»; to issue them, also «Invoice»

An owner is whoever provides the car and the licence to work with it: a VTC licence (vehículo de turismo con conductor, the licence for passenger transport with a service booked in advance) or a taxi licence. They can be a person (self-employed) or a company, and they are the employer of the drivers who drive their cars: they hire them with their own Social Security contribution account (the CCC, código de cuenta de cotización) and pay their payroll. Alcora Movilidad manages their fleet in exchange for a management fee. Alcora itself is also an owner (T-001): it has its own cars and drivers, but it does not charge itself a fee or settle with itself.

For each owner FleetPilot keeps their details and contact, their CCC and contribution scheme, their bank account, their platform accounts (Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW: that is where their trips and payments come from), their vehicles, their licences, their drivers, their fee and, each month, their settlement: what their cars have produced minus what they have cost and minus the fee. If it is positive, the fleet manager transfers the result to them; if it is negative, the owner pays the difference.

  1. 1DraftGenerated with the month's data. It can be recalculated and deleted.
  2. 2IssuedWith its management invoice, numbered and chained. It is no longer recalculated.
  3. 3AcceptedThe owner gives their agreement in «My investment» (or Administration marks it).
  4. 4PaidWith the date and reference of the transfer or collection.
The path of a monthly settlement.

#The owner list

Alcora Movilidad's owners as seen by Javier (Administration): sixteen active, with the fleet manager itself first. 12345678
Figure 196. Alcora Movilidad's owners as seen by Javier (Administration): sixteen active, with the fleet manager itself first.
  1. 1
    The two views: Owners and Statements (the latter, only with «See settlements»).
  2. 2
    Vehicles and drivers of the active owners: cars that are not retired and drivers with a contract in force.
  3. 3
    Net this month: what the platforms have paid so far this month for their cars' trips (with «See revenue»).
  4. 4
    Last result: the sum of the result of each owner's last settlement (with «See settlements»).
  5. 5
    Search by code (T-…), name, tax ID, municipality or platform. On the right, Export CSV and New owner.
  6. 6
    The filters: Active, Pending (onboarding), VTC, Taxi, Inactive and All.
  7. 7
    Each one's management fee: the amount and the type (fixed per vehicle, percentage or mixed).
  8. 8
    Each owner: name, code and tax ID, branch, vehicles, drivers, platforms, fee, net this month, result of the last settlement and status.

The icon distinguishes people (self-employed) from companies and from the fleet manager itself. A negative result is shown in red. An owner's statuses are Onboarding (joining the management service: not settled yet), Active and Inactive (has left the service; kept with their full history).

#An owner's record

The record of Lucía Romero Paredes (T-004): self-employed, three VTC cars in Madrid and six drivers employed by her. 12345678
Figure 197. The record of Lucía Romero Paredes (T-004): self-employed, three VTC cars in Madrid and six drivers employed by her.
  1. 1
    Edit: her details, her CCC, her bank and her fee.
  2. 2
    Settle a month: calculates (or recalculates) her settlement for a month.
  3. 3
    The tabs: Platforms, Vehicles, Licences, Drivers, Statements, Invoices and Documents, each with its count.
  4. 4
    Her figures: vehicles, drivers, net this month and result of the last settlement.
  5. 5
    Owner details: tax ID, activity (VTC or taxi), date joined, contact and address (and the director, if it is a company).
  6. 6
    Employer: her CCC, the contribution scheme and the date the CCC was opened, with how many drivers and licences she has.
  7. 7
    Management fee: the type, the amount and how it is calculated each month.
  8. 8
    Bank and accounting: the IBAN to pay or collect the settlement (hidden; the eye shows it) and her ledger account.

Further down, Net income and result compares her last six settlements in bars: the gap between the two bars of each month is the costs and the fee. The other tabs:

  • Platforms: her accounts on each platform (the account identifier, the alias, the email and since when). The trip and payment imports in Production use these accounts to know whose each trip is.
  • Vehicles and Licences: her cars (tenure, licence, drivers and net this month) and her VTC licences or taxi licences, with the attached vehicle and the next endorsement (see Vehicles and Licences).
  • Drivers: those with a contract with her. Settlements and Invoices: hers, with their status.
Lucía's accounts on the four platforms. 12
Figure 198. Lucía's accounts on the four platforms.
  1. 1
    New platform account: the platform, the account identifier (Bolt's company_id, Uber's organisation…), the alias, the email and the start date.
  2. 2
    Each account; tap it to change or close it. The same account cannot be registered twice.
The six drivers with a contract with Lucía: two per car, day and night. 12
Figure 199. The six drivers with a contract with Lucía: two per car, day and night.
  1. 1
    The owner is the employer: she pays their payroll and their Social Security, which go into her settlement.
  2. 2
    Each driver: code, the car they drive, the shift and since when they have had a contract. Andrés (C-0007) is the demo driver in My shift.

#Creating or changing an owner

New owner (in the list) and the pencil Edit (on the record) open the same form, in four blocks: Identity (type, tax ID, name or company name, surnames, activity, branch, status, date joined and, for a company, the director), Contact, Employer and Management fee. The code (T-…) is set by FleetPilot.

Lucía's form, at the bottom: her CCC as an employer, her account and her fee of €190 per vehicle. 123456
Figure 200. Lucía's form, at the bottom: her CCC as an employer, her account and her fee of €190 per vehicle.
  1. 1
    The owner's CCC as the employer of their drivers; their payroll is run with it.
  2. 2
    That account's contribution scheme (the general one, 0111, for employed drivers).
  3. 3
    The IBAN to pay or collect the settlement (only with «Bank data»). FleetPilot checks that it has the format of an IBAN.
  4. 4
    The fee type: fixed per vehicle, percentage, mixed or no fee.
  5. 5
    Fee per vehicle per month; if empty, the one in Settings applies (€180 in the demo).
  6. 6
    Percentage of net income (what the platforms pay after their commission), for the percentage or mixed fee.
How to create a new owner
  1. In the list, tap New owner.

  2. In Identity, choose the type (individual or company), enter the tax ID and the name (or company name) and leave the status as Onboarding while the joining is prepared.

  3. In Employer, enter their CCC and the scheme; in Management fee, the agreed type and its amount or percentage.

  4. Tap Save. Then, on their record, add their accounts in Platforms and upload the management contract to Documents.

  5. When they have cars in service, change the status to Active: from that month on they are settled.

The owner gets their code (the next T-…). Their cars are assigned to them in Vehicles and their drivers, in Drivers.

#The month's settlements

The Statements view shows those of a month (by default, the previous one) for all owners, with their totals and what is left to settle or issue.

September's settlements: fifteen owners, all issued on 3 October and five already accepted by their owner. 1234567
Figure 201. September's settlements: fifteen owners, all issued on 3 October and five already accepted by their owner.
  1. 1
    Owners settled: the month's settlements compared with the active owners who have to be settled (the fleet manager does not count).
  2. 2
    The month's total: net income, costs (drivers, fuel, workshop, insurance, leasing, fines and other costs) and management fee.
  3. 3
    Result: the sum of all owners' results for the month.
  4. 4
    The month you are looking at; the arrows go to earlier or later months (up to the current one).
  5. 5
    Generate month: calculates those of all active owners (and recalculates those still in draft).
  6. 6
    The filters by status (Draft, Issued, Accepted, Paid) and Negative result.
  7. 7
    Each settlement: number and management invoice, owner and fee type, net income, costs, fee, result and status.

If there are owners left to settle, a notice appears with Generate month; if there are draft settlements, another with Issue all. The footer adds up the number of settlements, the fee and the result of what you are looking at.

#An owner's settlement

Lucía Romero's September settlement (LT-2026-0093), issued: three cars, 2,876 trips and a positive result. 12345678
Figure 202. Lucía Romero's September settlement (LT-2026-0093), issued: three cars, 2,876 trips and a positive result.
  1. 1
    Number, month, owner and status (here, Issued).
  2. 2
    On the left, the settlement PDF; the thumb marks that the owner has accepted it (normally she does it herself from My investment).
  3. 3
    Mark paid: with the payment date and reference. On a draft, Recalculate with today's data, Delete and Issue appear here.
  4. 4
    The detail tabs: By vehicle, Drivers (the cost of each one) and Expenses (each item with its documents).
  5. 5
    The calculation, item by item, down to the result.
  6. 6
    Income by platform: what each one paid and how many trips.
  7. 7
    The management fee with its calculation (3 vehicles × €190) and the reminder that it is invoiced separately with standard VAT.
  8. 8
    Tracking: calculated, issued (with its management invoice), accepted by the owner and paid; with links to the invoice and the owner.
What each of Lucía's cars left in September. 123
Figure 203. What each of Lucía's cars left in September.
  1. 1
    Each car, with its direct costs. Each driver's cost is split between the cars according to what they billed in each one.
  2. 2
    Margin = net − fuel − workshop − drivers. Insurance, leasing, other costs and the fee are not split by car.
  3. 3
    The cars sorted by margin (in red, the one losing money).
The costs of the September settlement, with the document for each one. 1234
Figure 204. The costs of the September settlement, with the document for each one.
  1. 1
    Other costs: each approved expense, excluding VAT (here, the month's car washes, GA-2026-0754). Tap it to open it.
  2. 2
    Maintenance and workshop: each finished work order, with its cost.
  3. 3
    Fuel and charging, by card issuer, with the number of transactions.
  4. 4
    Insurance: each car's premium for the month and its policy. Below, Leasing and Fines.
How to settle the month with the owners
  1. In the first days of the month, check that the previous month's expenses are approved (Expenses) and its payroll closed (Payroll): the settlement takes whatever there is at that moment.

  2. Go to Statements: the previous month appears. Tap Generate month and confirm.

  3. Review each draft: the calculation, the detail by vehicle, the drivers and the costs. If you change something (an expense approved late, a payslip), open the settlement and tap Recalculate with today's data.

  4. When they are right, tap Issue all in the list notice (or Issue on each one) and confirm.

Each settlement is issued and generates its management invoice (FG series, with the fee plus standard VAT), numbered and chained in Invoicing. The owner gets a notification and sees it in My investment.
Generating a month's settlements asks for confirmation. 12
Figure 205. Generating a month's settlements asks for confirmation.
  1. 1
    The month being generated and what happens: they are calculated for all active owners (except the fleet manager); those in draft are recalculated and issued ones are not touched.
  2. 2
    Generate month (not tapped in the screenshot).

For a single owner, Settle a month on their record asks «Which month is being settled?» (by default, the previous one; never a future one), calculates it and opens it. On issuing, FleetPilot asks «Issue settlement …?» and reminds you of the amount of the management invoice that will be generated: afterwards it can no longer be recalculated.

When the owner agrees, they accept it from My investment (or Administration marks it with the thumb if they accepted it another way). When the transfer is made (or collected, if the result is negative), it is marked paid:

The payment of Lucía's September settlement: the fleet manager transfers the result to her. 1234
Figure 206. The payment of Lucía's September settlement: the fleet manager transfers the result to her.
  1. 1
    The payment date (it cannot be in the future).
  2. 2
    The reference of the transfer or direct debit.
  3. 3
    Who pays whom: with a positive result, the fleet manager transfers to the owner; with a negative one, the owner pays the difference.
  4. 4
    Mark paid (not tapped in the screenshot).

The settlement PDF (the icon in the header) is the document for the owner: their details (tax ID, code, address and CCC), the month, the issue date, the management invoice and, if paid, the payment date; the summary with the result and the account (the last four digits of the IBAN, as a credit or a debit); the item-by-item calculation; the detail by vehicle, by platform and by driver (the employer cost of each payslip); the costs with their document; a note (income is what the platforms pay for their cars' trips, attributed to whoever was driving; the fee is invoiced separately; discrepancies, within 15 days of issue), and the signatures «For the fleet manager» and «Agreed, the owner». A draft carries the Draft watermark.

The first page of the PDF of Lucía Romero's September settlement (LT-2026-0093). 123456
Figure 207. The first page of the PDF of Lucía Romero's September settlement (LT-2026-0093).
  1. 1
    The number, the month, the issue date and the management invoice that goes with it.
  2. 2
    The owner: name, tax ID, code, address and their CCC as an employer.
  3. 3
    The summary: the result and how it is settled (credit or debit to the last four digits of their IBAN).
  4. 4
    The item-by-item calculation, with the detail of each one.
  5. 5
    The margin by vehicle.
  6. 6
    Income by platform: gross, commission and net. Then, each driver's cost, the costs, the notes and the signatures.

#What each profile sees

Administration (Javier) Management (Ricardo) HR (Marta) Owner (Lucía)
Sees the section Yes Yes Yes No: their own, in My investment
Creates and changes owners Yes No No No
Settlements, fee and result Yes Yes No Their own
Generates, recalculates and marks paid Yes Yes No Accepts their own
Issues (with its management invoice) Yes No (does not invoice) No No
IBAN Yes Yes Yes Their own

Marta, from HR, needs owners as employers (their CCC, their drivers), but does not see settlements:

Owners as seen by Marta (HR): without the settlements view and without fees or results. 1234
Figure 208. Owners as seen by Marta (HR): without the settlements view and without fees or results.
  1. 1
    Without «See settlements» the Statements view does not appear: the page starts directly with the indicators.
  2. 2
    Last result without an amount.
  3. 3
    Of the fee she only sees the type, without the amount.
  4. 4
    Each owner's result, with a padlock.

#Tips

  • Settle in order: first the expenses are approved and the month's payroll closed; then the settlements are generated. A settlement generated too early falls short.
  • Recalculate before issuing if a day or more has passed since you generated it: an expense or a work order may have come in.
  • Check the Negative result filter: an owner in the red has to pay the difference; it is worth warning them before issuing.
  • Look at the By vehicle tab with the owner: it explains which car leaves them a margin and which does not.
  • Ask the owner to accept from My investment: it records who and when, without paperwork.

Finance

Invoicing

The invoices the fleet manager issues: the management invoice to each owner, service invoices to business clients and corrective invoices, with VAT by rate, the VeriFactu-style chained register, its submission to the tax agency (AEAT, simulated), the tax QR code, collections and the invoice book.

Who uses it: Administration and finance; management to consultAccess: «Invoicing» section; to create, issue, correct and mark as collected, «Invoice»; amounts, «See revenue»

The fleet manager issues three kinds of invoice, each with its own series and gap-free numbering (the database assigns the number on issue; a draft does not use up a number):

Series What it invoices VAT
Fleet management (FG) Each owner's management fee; issued with their settlement and usually offset against it 21 %
Transport services Each business client's completed bookings, at the end of the month (see Bookings) 10 % (passenger transport)
Corrective (FR) They correct or cancel an invoice already issued The original's

Each issued invoice is chained to the previous one: it stores the fingerprint (SHA-256) of its data and of the previous invoice's fingerprint, as the Spanish tax agency's (AEAT) VeriFactu system requires. If anyone changed or deleted an invoice behind the application's back, the chain would break. The registration record is prepared for submission to the AEAT; in the demo, submission is simulated (the reply arrives instantly with its secure verification code, the CSV). An issued invoice is never changed: it is corrected.

#The list of invoices

The year's invoices as seen by administration. 123456
Figure 209. The year's invoices as seen by administration.
  1. 1
    Three views: Invoices, Invoice book and VeriFactu and series.
  2. 2
    Invoiced in the period (taxable base), outstanding and overdue.
  3. 3
    Drafts and the status of the VeriFactu chain (intact, with the invoices checked).
  4. 4
    The period, the chain check and New invoice.
  5. 5
    Filters: drafts, outstanding, overdue, collected and by series.
  6. 6
    The type, the taxable base, the total, the due date and the status (with the sent-to-AEAT mark).

#An invoice's record

Management invoice FG-2026-0091 to Autos Rivas Premium: issued, chained and submitted (simulated). 123456
Figure 210. Management invoice FG-2026-0091 to Autos Rivas Premium: issued, chained and submitted (simulated).
  1. 1
    Series, status, number, recipient and date.
  2. 2
    The PDF, correct (the arrow) and Mark paid.
  3. 3
    Taxable base, VAT, total and due date.
  4. 4
    The recipient with their tax ID and address, and the settlement it accompanies.
  5. 5
    The VAT breakdown by rate.
  6. 6
    The progress: issued and chained (its number in the chain), submitted to the AEAT with its CSV, and collected.
The invoice's VeriFactu tab: its QR code, its invoicing record and the registration record. 1234
Figure 211. The invoice's VeriFactu tab: its QR code, its invoicing record and the registration record.
  1. 1
    The tax QR code printed on the invoice, with «VERI*FACTU», so the client can check it with the AEAT (in the demo, the test environment).
  2. 2
    The invoicing record: submission to the AEAT (simulated), CSV, response, invoice type and its number in the chain.
  3. 3
    This invoice's fingerprint and the previous record's: that is how they are chained.
  4. 4
    The registration record (XML) as it would be sent to the AEAT.

#Creating, issuing and correcting

A new invoice is created as a draft (not saved). 123
Figure 212. A new invoice is created as a draft (not saved).
  1. 1
    The type: transport services or fleet management.
  2. 2
    The client (services) or the owner (management; the monthly ones are created automatically when the settlement is issued).
  3. 3
    The issue date and the due date (empty: 15 days later).
How to invoice a client's services for the month
  1. Tap New invoice, choose Transport services and the client, and save: it stays as a draft.

  2. In the Lines tab, add the month's completed bookings (with the client's discount).

  3. Check the total and issue the invoice.

The database gives it the series number, chains it to the previous one and prepares its record for the AEAT (in the demo, submitted instantly in simulation).
Correcting an issued invoice (the corrective invoice has not been created). 123
Figure 213. Correcting an issued invoice (the corrective invoice has not been created).
  1. 1
    The reason (compulsory).
  2. 2
    The scope: cancel the whole invoice or correct part of it.
  3. 3
    What will happen: the lines are copied as negatives; when issued, the original is cancelled.

#The invoice book

The 2026 book of invoices issued. 1234
Figure 214. The 2026 book of invoices issued.
  1. 1
    Invoices, base and tax at 21 % and 10 %, and the total invoiced.
  2. 2
    One row per invoice and VAT rate, in order of issue; corrective invoices subtract. It is exported for the payroll/tax agency and form 303.
  3. 3
    The year (or quarter) and export.
  4. 4
    The AEAT CSV of each record.

#Tips

  • Review the draft before issuing: afterwards, any change is a corrective invoice.
  • Invoice services at the end of the month with the completed bookings: the client's discount is applied automatically.
  • Check the chain now and then from VeriFactu and series: it should say «intact».

Control

Fines

Fines from the DGT, city councils and the transport inspectorate: who was driving the car (FleetPilot proposes it in cascade, with its evidence), the 20-calendar-day deadline to identify them to the authority, the 50 % early payment, appeals, who it is charged to and how it is deducted.

Who uses it: Traffic manager and branch (identify); HR (charge and deduct); managementAccess: «Fines» section; record, charge, pay and appeal, «Edit fines»; identify the driver, «Identify drivers»; the amount passed on and the debt acknowledgement, «See payroll»; the GPS route, «See location»

A VTC (vehículos de turismo con conductor, private hire cars) and taxi fleet manager receives fines from three sources: the DGT (Dirección General de Tráfico, the traffic authority: road speed cameras, mobile phone use), city councils (traffic lights, bus lanes, parking, the ZBE or zona de bajas emisiones, the low emission zone) and the transport inspectorate (in Madrid, the Regional Transport Consortium). The notice always goes to the vehicle's registered keeper, who was not driving: the law requires them to say who was driving, and to do it promptly.

Fines gives each notice its own number (MU-2026-0022) and answers three questions:

  1. Who was driving? FleetPilot looks for whoever had the car at the exact time of the offence —the driver of the Uber, Bolt, Cabify or FREENOW trip in progress; failing that, the one assigned the car on that shift; failing that, the last one who had it— and proposes them with their confidence and the evidence behind it.
  2. Are we in time? From notification there are 20 calendar days to identify the driver to the authority and another 20 to pay with a 50 % discount or submit an appeal. FleetPilot counts the days and warns you.
  3. Who pays? The company, the driver or the car's owner. If the driver pays, it is deducted from their payroll (in one go or with a debt acknowledgement, RD, reconocimiento de deuda, in instalments).

Notifications arrive mainly through the DEV (Dirección Electrónica Vial, the DGT's electronic mailbox, compulsory for companies), and also on paper or through the payroll agency. DEV notifications are read with a button; the rest are entered by hand.

  1. 1NotificationIt arrives through the DEV, on paper or through the payroll agency. The deadlines start running.
  2. 2Proposed driverTrip in progress → assignment → last assignment, with its confidence.
  3. 3IdentificationWithin 20 calendar days, with the letter for the authority.
  4. 4ChargingCompany, driver or owner; to the driver, through payroll or with a debt acknowledgement.
  5. 5Payment or appealWith 50 % off within 20 days, in full or appealed.
A fine's path.

#The fine list

On entering you see the fines to identify (those for fleet cars not yet reported to the authority), from newest to oldest. This is how Nuria, the traffic manager, who is the one who identifies, sees it:

Fines as seen by the traffic manager: the eleven to identify, two of them about to expire. 12345678
Figure 215. Fines as seen by the traffic manager: the eleven to identify, two of them about to expire.
  1. 1
    To identify: fines for fleet cars whose driver has not yet been reported to the authority. Those for plates not in the fleet do not count.
  2. 2
    Due in ≤ 5 days (five days or fewer left to identify) and Overdue (expired without identification or submitted late). Each figure filters the list when tapped.
  3. 3
    Amount outstanding (what is left to pay) and Early payment available: how many can still be paid with 50 % off and how much would be saved.
  4. 4
    The filters by identification, deadline, authority, offence, charging, payment, driver and vehicle, the search box (case number, plate, driver, place…) and Export CSV, which downloads what you are looking at.
  5. 5
    Fetch from the DEV reads new notifications from the Dirección Electrónica Vial (simulated in the demo).
  6. 6
    New fine creates a notice that arrives on paper or through the payroll agency.
  7. 7
    The quick views: To identify, Due in ≤ 5 days, Overdue, Identified, To charge, Unpaid, Early payment available, Appealed and All, each with its count.
  8. 8
    For each fine, the proposed driver with their confidence and where it comes from, and the deadline to identify them: «19 days left», in amber if five or fewer are left and in red if it has expired.

Each row shows the offence (speeding, red light, ZBE, bus lane…) with its number and the authority; the plate and the owner's code (or «Not in the fleet»); the date and time with the place; the proposed driver; the identification status; the charging; the payment (with «50 % until …» while early payment lasts) and the amount, with the licence points it carries. Rows of fines due in five days or fewer are shown in light amber and expired ones in light red.

Identification What it means
N days left Pending, within the deadline. In amber with five days or fewer.
Overdue by N days Pending and past the deadline: identify it anyway as soon as possible.
Submitted Identified to the authority within the deadline.
Overdue Identified, but after day 20.
Not required Nobody had to be identified (car sold, regular driver reported to the DGT, notice addressed to the company itself).
No vehicle The plate is not in the fleet: there is nobody to attribute it to.

From the Dashboard, notifications and Compliance you reach the list with the Due in ≤ 5 days view already set.

#A fine's record

Tapping a fine opens its record with four tabs: Notice, Driver, Charging and payment and Documents (the scanned notification, the payment receipt, the submitted letter…). If the fine is still to identify, it opens directly on Driver. This is the Notice tab of MU-2026-0004, a speeding offence on Gran Vía with two days left:

The Notice tab of MU-2026-0004: two days before the deadline to identify the driver. 1234567
Figure 216. The Notice tab of MU-2026-0004: two days before the deadline to identify the driver.
  1. 1
    Number and authority, the deadline left, the offence with the plate, and the date, time and place.
  2. 2
    The key figures: amount, points, Identify by and what it would cost with early payment (50 %).
  3. 3
    The deadline warning: it appears when five days or fewer are left, and in red when it has expired.
  4. 4
    Notice: case number, ticket number, authority, channel it arrived through, offence, description, provision breached and points.
  5. 5
    Place and time of the offence, with the point on the map.
  6. 6
    The vehicle and its owner, with links to their records.
  7. 7
    Deadlines: the notification and, from it, until when you can identify, pay with the discount and appeal.

#Who was driving: the evidence

The Driver tab is the one used to identify. At the top, the proposed driver; below, the evidence level by level, so that whoever identifies can check it before reporting it. This is MU-2026-0022, an entry into the low emission zone via the M-30 at 23:16 on 15 September, during a FREENOW trip:

The Driver tab of MU-2026-0022: the trip in progress, the night-shift assignment and the clock-in match. 12345678
Figure 217. The Driver tab of MU-2026-0022: the trip in progress, the night-shift assignment and the clock-in match.
  1. 1
    The proposed driver, with their code, their licence points and the confidence of the proposal.
  2. 2
    Based on: the level of the cascade that decided it (here, the trip in progress).
  3. 3
    Identify the driver: reports them as responsible and prepares the letter for the authority.
  4. 4
    Change driver (if it was someone else, with the reason) and Not applicable (if nobody has to be identified).
  5. 5
    1 · Trip in progress: the platform trip being made at that time, with its driver and its route. View the trip opens its record.
  6. 6
    2 · Assignment in force: who had the car on each shift; the ✓ mark shows the shift containing the time.
  7. 7
    3 · Last assignment: the last one who had the car, if nobody had it at that time.
  8. 8
    The proposed driver's clock-in: whether their working day was open at that time. Below, the GPS route at that time, only with «See location».

The cascade goes from the strongest evidence to the weakest, and the confidence says so:

Based on Confidence When
Trip in progress High At the time of the offence there was a platform trip with that car: its driver.
Vehicle assignment Medium There was no trip, but the car was assigned to someone on that shift (or covered that day by a cover).
Last driver Low Nobody had it at that time: the last person it was assigned to.
Manual High Someone changed it by hand with Change driver and left the reason.
Unidentified None There is nobody: the plate is not in the fleet or the car never had a driver.

If the levels do not match (one driver did the trip and the car was assigned to another), check before identifying: there may have been a shift change that was not recorded as a cover in the Rota. The clock-in line helps: «had clocked in» reinforces the proposal; «had not clocked in during the previous 20 hours» calls for checking it.

The GPS route at that time shows, from the route recorded by the car's telematics, the time slot, the km, the average and maximum speed, the attributed driver and the map with the place of the offence, and the driving events (harsh braking, speeding) from ten minutes before and after. Only those with the See location permission see it; the rest see a padlock.

#Identifying the driver

The confirmation before identifying Luis Iglesias Montero to the Madrid City Council (not tapped). 123
Figure 218. The confirmation before identifying Luis Iglesias Montero to the Madrid City Council (not tapped).
  1. 1
    FleetPilot asks for confirmation: identifying is a declaration by the registered keeper to the authority.
  2. 2
    Who is identified, to whom and until when the deadline runs. On confirming, the PDF letter is generated and who did it is recorded.
  3. 3
    Identify the driver (not tapped in the screenshot).
How to identify the driver of a fine
  1. In Fines, tap the Due in ≤ 5 days view (or To identify) and open the fine: it opens on the Driver tab.

  2. Read the evidence: the trip in progress, the assignment with the ✓ on its shift and the clock-in. If needed, tap View the trip or look at the GPS route.

  3. If the proposed driver is someone else, tap Change driver, choose the driver and write the reason (a report, a statement, a shift change…).

  4. Tap Identify the driver and confirm.

  5. The identification letter opens as a PDF: submit it through the DEV, the DEHú or the authority's online office and keep the receipt in Documents.

The fine becomes Submitted (or Overdue if it had already expired) and leaves To identify; who identified it and when is recorded. If it is charged to the driver, it can now be charged.

The identification letter carries the details of the owner (and of their director, if it is a company), the vehicle, the notice and the driver: name, identity document, driving licence number with its issue date and address, with the declaration under article 11 of the Traffic Act and the signatures of the owner and the driver. If the driver's licence number is missing, the tab warns you: complete it on their record in Drivers before submitting. It is generated again whenever needed with Identification letter, in the record's header.

Change driver replaces the proposed driver with another one (employed, suspended or terminated) with a required reason; the proposal becomes Manual. Not applicable closes the identification without a driver, also with its reason.

Changing the proposed driver of MU-2026-0004, with the reason (not saved). 1234
Figure 219. Changing the proposed driver of MU-2026-0004, with the reason (not saved).
  1. 1
    The driver who was really driving the car (the proposed one is shown: search by name or code).
  2. 2
    The reason, required: it stays on the record next to the driver.
  3. 3
    The change is recorded as a manual identification, with high confidence.
  4. 4
    Save (not tapped). Afterwards they still have to be identified.

#Charging the fine

Identifying says who was driving; charging decides who pays. The Charging and payment tab has both cards. It is HR's job, since they are the ones who deduct from payroll. This is how Marta sees MU-2026-0033, a DGT speed camera fine identified and charged to the driver, who has accepted it:

Charging and payment of MU-2026-0033 as seen by HR: charged to the driver, accepted and pending payment. 123456
Figure 220. Charging and payment of MU-2026-0033 as seen by HR: charged to the driver, accepted and pending payment.
  1. 1
    Charged to: the company, the driver or the vehicle's owner.
  2. 2
    The charging status: proposed, notified (the driver sees it in «My shift»), accepted, rejected or deducted.
  3. 3
    Amount passed on: what is deducted from the driver. Only with «See payroll».
  4. 4
    Charge decides who it is charged to and, if it is the driver, how much and whether a debt acknowledgement is opened.
  5. 5
    The payment to the authority: status and amount (and early payment, if still valid).
  6. 6
    Record payment and Appeal.
The charging form with the debt acknowledgement ticked: €300 in the chosen instalments (not saved). 123456
Figure 221. The charging form with the debt acknowledgement ticked: €300 in the chosen instalments (not saved).
  1. 1
    Charged to: Company pays, Driver or Owner.
  2. 2
    The status. «Notified» sends a notification to the driver, who accepts or disputes it from «My shift».
  3. 3
    Amount passed on: by default, what was paid or the fine's amount.
  4. 4
    Open a debt acknowledgement: the driver signs it and it is deducted from their payroll from next month.
  5. 5
    RD instalments: how many payslips it is spread over.
  6. 6
    Save (not tapped).
How to pass a fine on to the driver
  1. Open the identified fine (To charge view) and go to the Charging and payment tab.

  2. Tap Charge. In Charged to choose Driver and in Status, «Notified».

  3. Check the Amount passed on (by default, the fine's amount or what was paid, if it was already paid with the discount).

  4. If it is deducted in instalments, tick Open a debt acknowledgement and enter the instalments. Tap Save.

  5. The driver gets the notification in «My shift»: they accept it (it becomes «Accepted») or reject it with a statement (it becomes «Rejected»). If they accept it verbally or in writing, set it to «Accepted» yourself with Charge.

With «Accepted» and no debt acknowledgement, the amount goes into the deductions on their payslip for the month and, when payroll is closed, the charging becomes Deducted. With an acknowledgement, it is deducted in its instalments once signed (see Claims, where debt acknowledgements are, and Payroll).

#Paying or appealing

Recording the payment of MU-2026-0022 with early payment, valid until 28 October (not saved). 12345
Figure 222. Recording the payment of MU-2026-0022 with early payment, valid until 28 October (not saved).
  1. 1
    With the 50 % reduction: it is ticked while early payment lasts, with its deadline. Ticking or unticking it changes the amount.
  2. 2
    Payment date: it cannot be in the future or, with the discount, after the early payment deadline.
  3. 3
    Amount paid: half with the discount; the full amount without it.
  4. 4
    The reminder: paying with the discount means waiving the right to appeal.
  5. 5
    Save (not tapped).

An unpaid fine can be paid or appealed:

  • Record payment leaves it as Paid (discounted) or Paid, with the date and the amount.
  • Appeal asks for the grounds (pre-booked service, another driver, wrong plate…) and leaves it as Appealed: from then on there is no early payment. When the decision arrives, Record appeal outcome: Upheld cancels it; Dismissed returns it to unpaid for the full amount. If the appeal is lost, the payment can also be recorded from Appealed.

#Receiving from the DEV and creating a fine

Fetch from the DEV checks the company's Dirección Electrónica Vial mailbox and brings in new notifications for the cars in your branches: each one is created with the driver proposed in cascade and with today's notification date, which is when it is accessed. The integration is configured in Settings, Integrations tab; in the demo it is simulated (it brings between one and three notices from real trips in recent weeks) and the real connection is pending the company's registration as a bulk recipient of the DEV.

What arrives on paper, through the DEHú (Dirección Electrónica Habilitada única, the mailbox of the other public authorities) or through the payroll agency is created with New fine:

The form for a new fine: the notification and the offence (not saved). 1234567
Figure 223. The form for a new fine: the notification and the offence (not saved).
  1. 1
    Type of authority (DGT, city council, autonomous region, transport consortium) and its name.
  2. 2
    Case number (it cannot be repeated for the same authority) and ticket number.
  3. 3
    The notification date: all deadlines run from it. To its left, the channel it arrived through.
  4. 4
    The vehicle (including retired ones), the date and time of the offence and the offence: with the vehicle and the time, FleetPilot looks for the driver.
  5. 5
    Provision breached, amount (greater than zero) and licence points.
  6. 6
    On saving, FleetPilot proposes the driver and calculates the deadlines; the new fine's record opens.
  7. 7
    Save (not tapped).

#What each profile sees

Traffic (Nuria) Branch (Sergio) HR (Marta) Management (Ricardo) Administration (Javier)
Sees the section Yes, all branches Only Málaga Yes Yes Yes
Identify, change the driver, «Not applicable» Yes Yes, his branch's No No No
Create, charge, pay and appeal Yes Yes Yes No No
Amount passed on and debt acknowledgement No No Yes Yes No
GPS route Yes Yes No Yes No

The driver sees in their My shift portal the fines identified or charged to them: they accept or dispute them from there. The payroll agency and the auditor do not see this section.

#Tips

  • Check the Due in ≤ 5 days view every morning. It also arrives as a notification in the bell of whoever identifies, but the list sorted by deadline is quicker.
  • Tap Fetch from the DEV daily: a notification not opened within 10 days is deemed rejected and the deadline runs anyway.
  • Do not blindly identify a medium or low confidence. Check the assignment, the clock-in and, if you have it, the GPS route; an unrecorded shift change is the most common cause of error.
  • Record covers in the Rota: that way the cascade correctly proposes the driver for a one-off day.
  • Pay with early payment what will not be appealed: half the amount, and pass on to the driver what was paid.
  • Keep in Documents the notification, the submitted letter and the payment receipt: they are the proof if the authority asks.

Control

Discrepancies

What does not add up when cross-checking platform trips, GPS, cards, shifts, working time, insurance and the bank: km without trips, odd refuels, being online outside the shift, cash not deposited, payouts that do not match…, with their evidence and resolution; and each driver's risk score.

Who uses it: Traffic, the branch and managementAccess: «Discrepancies» section; to resolve them, «Resolve discrepancies»

Every day the database cross-checks the data arriving from different sources and opens a discrepancy for whatever does not add up. Each one has its type, its severity (high, medium or low), the car and driver involved (attributed by the time), the evidence the detector found as it was at detection, and its status (open, under review, confirmed, justified or discarded).

Type What it cross-checks
Km without trips GPS journeys that match no platform trip (especially outside working time)
Refuel outside shift, over tank capacity, for another vehicle, product not allowed Card transactions against the car, the tank and working time
Online outside shift Hours online on the platforms with no clocked-in working time
Low fares The week's turnover against the driver's usual
Cash not deposited Days without handing in cash and balance over the maximum (see Cash)
Platform payout mismatch What was collected in the bank against the week's expected payout
Unknown plate, Fare adjustment Trips with a number plate not in the fleet; prices changed afterwards
Worked without clocking in, Working time exceeded, Insufficient rest Working time against trips
Trip without insurance, Trip with expired MOT Trips by a car with no policy in force or with an expired MOT

#The list of discrepancies

Open discrepancies as seen by the traffic manager. 1234567
Figure 224. Open discrepancies as seen by the traffic manager.
  1. 1
    Two views: Discrepancies and Driver risk.
  2. 2
    Open, high severity and under review.
  3. 3
    New in 7 days and resolved in 30 days.
  4. 4
    Filters by type, severity, driver and vehicle.
  5. 5
    Detect discrepancies: runs the detector again now (the service also runs it every day).
  6. 6
    Views by status: open, high severity, under review, confirmed, justified, discarded.
  7. 7
    The evidence in one sentence, the severity and the status.

#The evidence and how it is resolved

Discrepancy DS-2026-0026: Óscar Durán has gone 10 days without depositing cash. 123456
Figure 225. Discrepancy DS-2026-0026: Óscar Durán has gone 10 days without depositing cash.
  1. 1
    Number, severity, status, type, date and driver.
  2. 2
    The summary of what was detected.
  3. 3
    The evidence: the data as it was (days without depositing, excess, maximum, last hand-over, last collection).
  4. 4
    Why it matters: what is detected, the rule and how it is resolved.
  5. 5
    What is related: the driver and the owner (and, depending on the type, the car, the trip or the card).
  6. 6
    Confirm (it is real), Justify (there is an explanation), Under review or Dismiss (false positive), always with the resolution.

For types involving a route (km without trips), the evidence includes a map with the day's GPS journeys: in red, those matching no trip. When confirmed, the discrepancy can lead to a debt acknowledgement (see Claims) or an incident, and stays linked.

Justifying a discrepancy asks for the resolution (not saved). 1
Figure 226. Justifying a discrepancy asks for the resolution (not saved).
  1. 1
    The resolution: what has been checked and why it is justified. It stays on the record with who and when.

#Driver risk

Each driver's risk score, from lowest to highest. 123
Figure 227. Each driver's risk score, from lowest to highest.
  1. 1
    The workforce's average score, drivers at high risk (below 60) and medium risk (60 to 79), and the last calculation.
  2. 2
    The score guides training and assignment; no decision about a driver is taken on it alone (GDPR art. 22). The works council may know its parameters (ET art. 64.4.d).
  3. 3
    The score (0 to 100: the higher, the lower the risk) and its components: driving, history, discrepancies, damage and exposure, with the 6-month trend.

#Tips

  • Start with «High severity»: they are the ones that may involve misuse or non-compliance.
  • Justify with data: «it was in the workshop, OT-2026-0012» is still clear months later.
  • Go through the risk score with the driver: it is a training tool, not a disciplinary one.

Control

Compliance

The checklist of what the regulations require of each vehicle, driver and owner and of the company, point by point with the rule for each, with its score and its PDF report; and data protection: rights requests with their deadline, export of a person's data and retention periods.

Who uses it: Management, HR, workshop and fleet, traffic and the auditorAccess: «Compliance» section; data protection, «Manage data protection»

Compliance gathers into a checklist what the regulations require and FleetPilot can check with its data, in four areas —vehicles, drivers, owners and the company— plus data protection. Each point shows as up to date (green), with a warning (amber: expiring soon, data missing) or with a failure (red), and carries its rule: what is checked, where it comes from and how to fix it.

Area What is checked
Vehicles VTC vehicle requirements (ROTT), MOT, compulsory insurance and passenger liability, Madrid VTC plate, licence and endorsement, taximeter verification, environmental label
Drivers ID or NIE, driving licence and points, VTC driver permit or municipal permit, sex offences certificate, signed contract, legal notices accepted
Owners Licences with a car assigned, drivers against licences (75 % registered in Madrid), PRM-adapted fleet (1 in 10 with 10 or more licences), Social Security employer account
Company Working-time record, legal notices to workers, VTC service notification, chained invoicing, fines identified on time

FleetPilot helps you comply and keeps a record: it does not replace checking each case or legal advice.

#Vehicles, drivers and owners

Vehicle compliance, as seen by the general manager. 123456
Figure 228. Vehicle compliance, as seen by the general manager.
  1. 1
    The areas: vehicles, drivers, owners, company and data protection.
  2. 2
    Check again and the PDF report (for an inspection or an owner).
  3. 3
    Average score, records up to date, with a failure, failures and warnings.
  4. 4
    Most frequent failures: the points with the most failures or warnings (tap one to filter).
  5. 5
    Filters: all, with failures, with warnings, up to date.
  6. 6
    Each car's score, its failures and warnings, and a square per check (green, amber or red). Tap the row to see each point with its rule.

#The company

The points that depend on the company as a whole. 1234
Figure 229. The points that depend on the company as a whole.
  1. 1
    Company score and points up to date, with a warning and with a failure.
  2. 2
    Each point expanded: what is checked (here, that trips fall within a clocked-in working day), the rule (ET art. 34.9) and how to fix it, with a link to the section.
  3. 3
    The legal notices to workers (geolocation, video surveillance, privacy, use of the vehicle…): how many drivers have accepted them.
  4. 4
    Notification of VTC services before they start and chained invoicing.

#Data protection

The Data protection tab (with «Manage data protection») covers what the GDPR requires of the fleet manager as controller of its drivers', owners' and clients' data:

  • Rights requests (access, rectification, erasure, objection, restriction and portability), each with its deadline: one month from receipt, extendable by two more months if complex (notifying within the first month).
  • Export their data: a file with everything FleetPilot holds about a person, for the right of access or portability.
  • Retention: how long each type of data is kept and how many records are already past their period.
  • Anonymisation: once the period has passed, erasing a driver deletes their identifying data and personal documents; the facts (trips, clock-ins, invoices) remain, without a name.
Data protection as seen by HR: open requests, retention and the list of requests. 1234
Figure 230. Data protection as seen by HR: open requests, retention and the list of requests.
  1. 1
    Requests open, due within 7 days, overdue and closed.
  2. 2
    Data retention: each type with its period and rule (working-time record, 4 years; payroll, 4; invoices, 6; GPS positions, 12 months; candidates, 24 months) and whether any records are past it.
  3. 3
    New request: who asks, which right and when it arrived; the deadline is calculated automatically.
  4. 4
    Each request: number, person, right, deadline and status.
How to handle an access request
  1. Tap New request, choose the person and the access right, and the date it arrived. Verify their identity.

  2. Open the request and tap Export their data: FleetPilot generates a file with everything it holds about that person.

  3. Send it to them and close the request with the date and what was done.

The request is closed on time, with its record.

#Tips

  • Run the PDF report before an inspection or a licence renewal.
  • Start with «Most frequent failures»: there is usually one point dragging many records down.
  • Log each rights request the day it arrives: the one-month deadline runs from then.

Control

Reports

The fleet manager's reports (production by platform, driver ranking, working time against hours online, profitability by vehicle and by owner, costs per kilometre, fuel, fines and claims) and free analysis: a pivot table on your data, exportable.

Who uses it: Management and leadership; each area, its ownAccess: «Reports» section; each report, the permission for what it shows (revenue, costs, payroll…); exporting, «Export»

Reports has the list of reports on the left, grouped into production and people, profitability and costs, control and analysis, and on the right the chosen report with its period (this month, last month, 12 months or a date range), its indicators, charts and table. All of them export to CSV (for a spreadsheet) or PDF.

Each report shows what your profile can see: without «See revenue», production is shown in trips instead of euros, and the profitability reports do not open (they show a padlock).

Report What it answers
Production by platform Trips, km, hours online and revenue by platform and month
Driver ranking Each driver's net per hour, trips, rating, acceptance and cancellations
Working time and hours online Clocked hours against hours online on the platforms, excess hours and short rests
Profitability by vehicle Net revenue minus fuel, workshop, other expenses, insurance, renting and drivers, car by car
Profitability by owner Each owner's result according to their settlements
Costs per kilometre Km driven, empty km (without a passenger) and cost per km for each car
Fuel and energy consumption Litres and kWh, and consumption against the car's reference
Fines By offence, by driver and deadlines
Claims Claims, fault, frequency and cost

#A report

October's production by platform report, as seen by the general manager. 123456
Figure 231. October's production by platform report, as seen by the general manager.
  1. 1
    The list of reports, by group. The chosen one, highlighted.
  2. 2
    The report with its ⓘ and the period it covers.
  3. 3
    The period: this month, last month, 12 months or a date range.
  4. 4
    Refresh and export to CSV or PDF.
  5. 5
    The indicators: net revenue (with incentives), gross and commission, net per trip, net per car, hours online and unassigned trips.
  6. 6
    The charts (trend by day, split by platform) and, further down, the table by platform and month.
The same report as seen by the head of workshop, without «See revenue»: trips instead of euros, and profitability with a padlock. 12
Figure 232. The same report as seen by the head of workshop, without «See revenue»: trips instead of euros, and profitability with a padlock.
  1. 1
    Without «See revenue», trips, hours online and unassigned trips: no amounts.
  2. 2
    Profitability by owner, with a padlock: it requires seeing settlements.

#Free analysis

Free analysis is a pivot table: you choose a data source (daily production, trips, expenses, payroll, fines…), what goes in the rows, sub-rows and columns (platform, driver, car, owner, branch, week, month…), which measure is added up (net, trips, hours, litres…) and the filters. The result can be exported and layouts are saved to repeat them.

A free analysis: September's net by platform and week. 123456
Figure 233. A free analysis: September's net by platform and week.
  1. 1
    Saved layouts (an example: «Net by platform and week»), refresh and export.
  2. 2
    The data source and the reference date.
  3. 3
    The period.
  4. 4
    Rows, sub-rows and columns (the arrow swaps them).
  5. 5
    The measure and how it is aggregated (sum or average); below, the filters.
  6. 6
    The pivot table: each cell, in a stronger colour the larger it is; totals by row and by column.
How to get each owner's net by month
  1. Open Reports → Free analysis.

  2. Data source: Daily production. Period: 12 months.

  3. Rows: Owner. Columns: Month. Measure: Net (sum).

  4. Export to CSV or save the layout for next month.

A table with each owner's net by month, with its totals.

#Tips

  • Compare 12 months in profitability by vehicle: one bad month for a car may just be the workshop.
  • Look at empty km alongside the km without trips in Discrepancies.
  • Save your free-analysis layouts: next month's is the same with another period.

Administration

Users

Who signs in to FleetPilot and what they can do: users with their access profiles, their branches and the linked person (the driver or owner for the portals); profiles with their switches; and the Claude connector's keys and activity.

Who uses it: The administrator onlyAccess: administrator (it is not a switch: whoever is marked as administrator has it)

Users is the administrator's section: on a computer it opens from the user menu (top right) and on the phone, from the sidebar drawer. It has three views:

  • Users: each person with their email, job title, access profiles, branches (Madrid, Málaga or all) and, for a driver or owner, the linked person they use to enter their portal.
  • Profiles: the matrix of switches for each profile (sections, sensitive data, actions, dashboard).
  • Claude: every user's Claude connector keys and the latest activity.

What each starter profile can see and do, with the full table, is in Profiles, permissions and branches.

#The users

The demo's eleven users, with their profile, permissions and branches. 1234567
Figure 234. The demo's eleven users, with their profile, permissions and branches.
  1. 1
    The views: Users, Profiles and Claude.
  2. 2
    New user: creates the account with its email and an initial password.
  3. 3
    Users, active, administrators, users without a profile (they would see nothing) and without branches.
  4. 4
    Each user with their email; «You» marks yours.
  5. 5
    Their job title and, for drivers and owners, the linked person.
  6. 6
    Their profile and how many of the available permissions it gives them.
  7. 7
    Their branches (all, or MAD or AGP).
Nuria Campos's user, traffic manager, with her effective access (nothing has been saved). 1234
Figure 235. Nuria Campos's user, traffic manager, with her effective access (nothing has been saved).
  1. 1
    Name and email (the email is the sign-in one and cannot be changed).
  2. 2
    Administrator: sees everything and manages users, profiles and settings; nothing can be taken away.
  3. 3
    The access profiles ticked. With two or more, the user only has the permissions common to all of them.
  4. 4
    The effective access: the sections, sensitive data (crossed out if not visible), actions and dashboard blocks they end up with.

Further down, on the same record, are their branches and linked person:

A new user: details, administrator, profiles, effective access, branches and linked person (not created). 1234
Figure 236. A new user: details, administrator, profiles, effective access, branches and linked person (not created).
  1. 1
    An initial password (at least 8 characters); the user changes it later.
  2. 2
    Without any profile, the user will see nothing: give them at least one.
  3. 3
    Branches they see: they will only see data from the ticked branches (or all, if their profile has «All branches»).
  4. 4
    Linked person: their driver or owner record, so they can use My shift or My investment.
How to set up a driver to use My shift
  1. Check that the driver has a record in Drivers.

  2. In Users, tap New user: name, email and an initial password.

  3. Tick the Conductor profile.

  4. In Linked person, tap Choose and find their driver record.

  5. Tap Create user and give the driver their email and password.

The driver goes straight into My shift, full screen, and only sees their own data.

#The profiles

The profile matrix: one switch per permission and profile. 1234
Figure 237. The profile matrix: one switch per permission and profile.
  1. 1
    New profile (or duplicate one from its menu).
  2. 2
    Each profile in a column, with how many users have it and how many permissions it turns on; its menu (⋯) to rename, duplicate or delete.
  3. 3
    Permissions by group: menu sections, sensitive data, actions and dashboard. Each with its ⓘ.
  4. 4
    The switches: one click turns it on or off for every user with that profile (logged in the access history).

#Claude keys

The Claude view: the connector's keys and every user's activity. 123
Figure 238. The Claude view: the connector's keys and every user's activity.
  1. 1
    Active keys, users with Claude, calls and changes over the last 7 days.
  2. 2
    Every user's access keys, including revoked and expired ones; the administrator can revoke any of them.
  3. 3
    The latest activity: each tool Claude used, by whom, when and with what result.

How each user connects and what Claude can do, in Connect to Claude.

#Tips

  • Use the starter profiles and restrict with a second profile before creating a new one.
  • Deactivate people who leave instead of deleting them: their history stays.
  • Check «Without a profile» and «Without branches»: such a user sees nothing.

Administration

Settings

The fleet manager's details, deadlines and warnings (expiries, fines, cash), tax and management fee, working-time limits, branches and public holidays, platforms, document series, legal notices to workers and third-party integrations.

Who uses it: The administrator; whoever syncs integrations, only that tabAccess: administrator; the Integrations tab, also with «Sync»

Settings holds what is specific to each fleet manager and used by the other sections: its details (shown on invoices, settlements and PDFs), the deadlines that trigger warnings, VAT and the management fee, working-time limits, its branches and public holidays, the platforms it works with, the numbering series, the legal notices drivers accept and the third-party integrations. It has five tabs: General, Branches and calendar, Platforms and documents, Legal notices and Integrations.

#General

The General tab: the fleet manager, deadlines and warnings, invoice texts and tax. 123456
Figure 239. The General tab: the fleet manager, deadlines and warnings, invoice texts and tax.
  1. 1
    The settings tabs.
  2. 2
    The fleet manager: trade name, company name, tax ID, address, contact, IBAN and coordinates. They appear on invoices, settlements and PDFs.
  3. 3
    Deadlines and warnings: expiry warning (30 days), deadline to identify a fine's driver (20 days), early payment (20 days), maximum cash on hand (€100) and days without depositing cash (3).
  4. 4
    An example with these values: what date a fine, an early payment, an MOT or cash would get.
  5. 5
    Invoice texts: payment terms and footer.
  6. 6
    Tax and management: transport VAT (10 %) and standard VAT (21 %), and the default management fee (fixed per vehicle or a percentage).

Further down are the notification email (the process that sends notifications and the daily summary, its status and the summary time; in the demo, disabled), shifts and the collective agreement (edited in the Rota and in Payroll) and working time: the limits Working time uses to flag excess hours and short rests (weekly hours, daily maximum, rest between working days and weekly rest, breaks).

#Driving: the event thresholds

At the end of the General tab is Driving: the thresholds above which a telematics driving event is out of range. Each car's unit records harsh acceleration, harsh braking and harsh cornering (in g, acceleration compared with gravity) and speeding over the road speed limit; FleetPilot compares them with these thresholds in Live map → Trips.

The fleet manager's driving thresholds, with an example of what falls within and out of range. 123
Figure 240. The fleet manager's driving thresholds, with an example of what falls within and out of range.
  1. 1
    Edit the thresholds (administrator only).
  2. 2
    The thresholds: harsh acceleration (by default, 0.30 g), harsh braking (0.40 g), harsh cornering (0.35 g) and the speed tolerance over the road speed limit (10 km/h).
  3. 3
    With these thresholds: examples of what falls within and out of range with the current thresholds.

#Branches, holidays, platforms and series

The branches (Madrid and Málaga) and 2026's public holidays. 123
Figure 241. The branches (Madrid and Málaga) and 2026's public holidays.
  1. 1
    The branches, with their region, address and position. New base adds another.
  2. 2
    Who sees each branch is decided in Users (user record → Branches) or with the «All branches» permission.
  3. 3
    The year's public holidays, national and per branch, with the next one.
The platforms with their reference commission and the document series. 12
Figure 242. The platforms with their reference commission and the document series.
  1. 1
    The platforms: Uber, Bolt, Cabify, FREENOW by Lyft, taxi dispatch radio, street hails and direct services, with their reference commission and how their trips arrive (integration or by hand).
  2. 2
    The document series: each numbering's prefix (OT, PE, SN, RD, IN, RS, GA, NV, LT, FG, FS, FR, MU, CT, DS…) with an example.

#Legal notices

Legal notices to workers: their current version and who has accepted them. 123
Figure 243. Legal notices to workers: their current version and who has accepted them.
  1. 1
    Active drivers, notices in force, pending acceptances and the last publication.
  2. 2
    Each notice (here, data processing) with its rule, its version in force since a date and its fingerprint, the text and how many have accepted it.
  3. 3
    The geolocation notice (LOPDGDD art. 90). New version publishes a new text: everyone has to accept it again in My shift.

Each driver reads and accepts the legal notices (data processing, geolocation, use of digital devices, video surveillance…) in My shift → Signatures. Each acceptance stores the version, the moment and the text's fingerprint.

#Integrations

Third-party integrations: all simulated in the demo, with their availability and last sync. 123
Figure 244. Third-party integrations: all simulated in the demo, with their availability and last sync.
  1. 1
    Integrations active, ready for a real connection, live, runs and errors in 24 h, and the status of the connectors service.
  2. 2
    Filters: with errors, automatic, in live mode, disabled, real connection ready, pending development.
  3. 3
    Each integration: category, mode (simulated or live), availability (real connection ready or pending development), last sync and schedule.

Each integration opens in its record: what it brings, the sample request and response with the real shape of its API, the credentials (stored encrypted in the secrets vault, never shown), the mode (simulated or live), the schedule and its runs with their result. In the public demo it cannot be switched to live mode. The full catalogue is in Simulated integrations.

#Tips

  • Set the expiry warning to how long a document takes to renew: 30 days is often too short for a licence endorsement.
  • Check pending acceptances of the legal notices before turning on geolocation.
  • Test each integration in simulated mode before entering the real credentials.

Administration

Audit log

Who created, changed or deleted each thing, when and which fields (with their value before and after), from the app or from Claude: the trail you show an inspection or an auditor.

Who uses it: Leadership, management and the auditorAccess: «See audit log» (in the demo, the administrator, management and the auditor)

The audit log is written by the database itself at the moment of each change, so it cannot be bypassed or modified from the app (nobody can edit it, not even the administrator). It records every creation, change or deletion of records —vehicles, licences, policies, workshop, claims, drivers, contracts, assignments, covers, absences, working time, reassigned trips, payroll, expenses, cards, settlements, invoices, fines, discrepancies, users and settings— with each field's value before and after, who did it, when, in which branch, and whether it came from Claude (see Connect to Claude).

It opens from the user menu → Audit log. The changes to a specific record are also in its Changes tab (see The screen and what is common). Sensitive values (amounts, personal, bank or health data) are hidden from whoever lacks the permission.

#The list of changes

The audit log filtered by finance changes. 12345
Figure 245. The audit log filtered by finance changes.
  1. 1
    Entries today, users active today, finance changes, changes from Claude and deletions in the last 90 days.
  2. 2
    The search box: user, record, reference, branch or field.
  3. 3
    Filters: today, changes, creations, deletions and by area (fleet, people and operations, finance…).
  4. 4
    When, who («from Claude» if it came through the connector), the action, which record, the branch and the fields that changed. Tap a row to see the detail.
  5. 5
    Export what is filtered.
The detail of a change as seen by the auditor: each field before and after. 12
Figure 246. The detail of a change as seen by the auditor: each field before and after.
  1. 1
    The action and the record, when, who and from where.
  2. 2
    Each field with its value before and after; amounts and sensitive data hidden if your profile cannot see them.
How to find out who changed a piece of data
  1. Open the record (for example, a vehicle) and its Changes tab; or, in Audit log, search for the number plate or number.

  2. Tap the change to see the value before and after.

  3. If it came from Claude, the connector did it with that user's permissions.

You know who, when and what the previous value was; with the auditor, it is exported to CSV.

#Tips

  • Filter by area before searching: it is faster than searching everything.
  • Look at «From Claude» now and then: it is what the connector has changed on each user's behalf.
  • Export the period an inspection asks for: it includes who, when and what.

Appendices

Profiles, permissions and branches

What each access profile can see and do: sections, sensitive data with their padlock, actions, dashboard blocks and Claude; how several profiles combine; branches (Madrid and Málaga) and the linked persons of the portals.

Who uses it: The administrator, and anyone who wants to know why they cannot see somethingAccess: reference; profiles are managed in Users (administrator only)

In FleetPilot each user has one or more access profiles. A profile is a set of switches (permissions) in five groups: menu sections, sensitive data, actions, dashboard blocks and Claude. On top of that, each user sees some branches (Madrid, Málaga or all). Everything is enforced by the database: a screen may hide a button, but even if it showed it, without the permission the database would not allow it. Profiles are managed in Users.

#The starter profiles

Profile For whom Summary In the demo
Administrador Leadership Everything, plus users, profiles, settings and integrations; no portals Alba Ferrer
Gerencia (management) General manager The whole business with revenue, costs, payroll and settlements; does not edit day-to-day work Ricardo Pardo
Jefe de tráfico (traffic manager) Operations Rota, bookings, live map, incidents, vehicles, drivers (no payroll or bank data), fines, claims, discrepancies, production Nuria Campos
Jefe de delegación (branch manager) The branch The same as traffic, only in their branch Sergio Molina (Málaga)
Recursos humanos (HR) HR Drivers with personal and bank data, contracts, working time, absences, payroll, fines, data protection Marta Iglesias
Administración (administration) Administration and finance Expenses, cards, cash, invoicing, owners and settlements, costs Javier Ortega
Taller y flota (workshop and fleet) Fleet manager Vehicles, licences, workshop and inspections, claims, insurance, maintenance costs Pablo Herrera
Conductor (driver) Driver Only My shift Andrés Villalba (C-0007)
Titular (owner) Investor or owning company Only My investment Lucía Romero (T-004)
Gestoría laboral (payroll agency) External adviser Read access to drivers, working time and payroll, with export Elena Navas
Auditor Inspection or audit Read-only access to compliance, working time, licences, vehicles, drivers, insurance and the audit log Carlos Bermejo

#Sections

Permission Mgmt Traffic Branch HR Admin Workshop Payroll Auditor Driver Owner
Dashboard ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
My shift ✓
My investment ✓
Rota ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bookings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Live map ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Incidents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vehicles ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Licences ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Workshop ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Claims ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Insurance ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Drivers ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Working time ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Production ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Payroll ✓ ✓ ✓
Expenses ✓ ✓
Fuel cards ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cash ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Owners ✓ ✓ ✓
Invoicing ✓ ✓
Fines ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Discrepancies ✓ ✓ ✓
Compliance ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reports ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Mgmt: Gerencia · Traffic: Jefe de tráfico · Branch: Jefe de delegación · HR: Recursos humanos · Admin: Administración · Workshop: Taller y flota · Payroll: Gestoría laboral · Auditor: Auditor · Driver: Conductor · Owner: Titular.

#Sensitive data and padlocks

Some data is only visible to some profiles: revenue (trip, production, payout, cash, booking and invoice amounts), costs (expenses, transactions, workshop, premiums, renting), payroll, settlements, contact data, personal data (document, date of birth, address, permit number), bank data (IBAN and NAF) and health data (personal injury in a claim, sick leave) and location (positions, journeys, events). Whoever cannot see them finds a padlock, the text «Hidden by your access profile», a column that does not appear or, in production, trips instead of euros. The database hides it: the data never reaches the screen.

Permission Mgmt Traffic Branch HR Admin Workshop Payroll Auditor Driver Owner
All branches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
See revenue ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
See costs ✓ ✓ ✓
See payroll ✓ ✓ ✓
See settlements ✓ ✓
Contact data ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Personal data ✓ ✓ ✓
Bank data ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Health data ✓
See location ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Export ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
See audit log ✓ ✓
Vehicles as seen by workshop and fleet, without «See revenue»: the month's net is not shown. 1
Figure 247. Vehicles as seen by workshop and fleet, without «See revenue»: the month's net is not shown.
  1. 1
    Without «See revenue», the list ends at the km.
The same list as seen by management: with each car's net for the month. 1
Figure 248. The same list as seen by management: with each car's net for the month.
  1. 1
    With «See revenue», the net this month and its trips.

Another example, in Drivers: a driver's record as seen by traffic says «Hidden by your access profile» for personal and bank data.

#Actions

Permission Mgmt Traffic Branch HR Admin Workshop Payroll Auditor Driver Owner
Edit vehicles ✓ ✓ ✓
Edit licences ✓
Edit workshop ✓
Manage the parts store ✓
Edit claims ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Edit insurance ✓ ✓
Edit drivers ✓
Manage contracts ✓
Assign ✓ ✓ ✓
Edit working time ✓ ✓ ✓
Edit bookings ✓ ✓
Edit incidents ✓ ✓ ✓
Import production ✓ ✓
Edit payroll ✓
Close payroll ✓ ✓
Edit expenses ✓
Approve expenses ✓
Edit fuel cards ✓
Reconcile ✓
Edit owners ✓
Settle owners ✓ ✓
Invoice ✓
Edit fines ✓ ✓ ✓
Identify drivers ✓ ✓
Resolve discrepancies ✓ ✓ ✓
Sync ✓ ✓
Manage data protection ✓

#Dashboard and Claude

Permission Mgmt Traffic Branch HR Admin Workshop Payroll Auditor Driver Owner
Fleet ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Today's operations ✓ ✓ ✓
Production ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Drivers ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Expiries ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fines ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Finance ✓ ✓
Compliance ✓ ✓ ✓
Discrepancies ✓ ✓ ✓

And what Claude can do with each user's key (see Connect to Claude):

Permission Mgmt Traffic Branch HR Admin Workshop Payroll Auditor Driver Owner
Query with Claude ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Change with Claude ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

#Several profiles and the administrator

  • A user with two or more profiles only has the permissions all of them have (the intersection). It is a way to restrict one person without creating a profile: a traffic manager who also has a profile without «See revenue» stops seeing amounts.
  • The administrator is not a profile: they see everything, manage users, profiles and settings, nothing can be taken away from them and they have no portals (My shift and My investment belong to the linked person).
  • A user without a profile sees nothing.

#Branches

The fleet manager has two branches: Madrid (MAD) and Málaga (AGP). Every vehicle, driver, booking, client, fine or expense belongs to a branch (that of the car's owner). A user with the All branches permission sees everything; otherwise, only the branches ticked on their record in Users. Sergio, the Málaga branch manager, only sees Málaga:

Vehicles as seen by the Málaga branch manager: only his branch's 10 cars. 123
Figure 249. Vehicles as seen by the Málaga branch manager: only his branch's 10 cars.
  1. 1
    The indicators count only his branch: 10 cars in service out of 10.
  2. 2
    All the owners in the list are from AGP (Málaga).
  3. 3
    His profile: Jefe de delegación (branch manager).

#Linked persons: the portals

The driver and the owner do not see the office sections: they go into their portal (My shift or My investment), full screen, and only see their own data. For that, their user is linked to their driver or owner record (in Users → record → Linked person). The database filters everything by that person: a driver never sees another's data, nor an owner another owner's. The Claude connector does not give access to the portals.

Appendices

Connect to Claude

How to work with FleetPilot from a chat with Claude (on the web, desktop, mobile or Claude Code): what it can look up and do, always as you and with your permissions, what it never does, how to connect it and how to revoke it.

Who uses it: Any office user with «Query with Claude»Access: «Query with Claude»; to make changes, «Change with Claude»

Claude is Anthropic's artificial intelligence assistant. With the FleetPilot connector, Claude can work with your data from a chat: «which cars are left without a driver tomorrow?», «who was driving 7667 MGB on 3 October at 18:40?», «assign 4674 LCJ to Laura Gil on the night shift from Monday».

The connector acts as you: with your profiles, permissions, branches and sensitive data. The database applies the same rules as in the app —if you cannot see revenue, neither can Claude; if you only see Málaga, Claude only sees Málaga— and what Claude changes is logged in the audit log with the «from Claude» mark.

#Where it is

The user menu, with «Connect to Claude». 1
Figure 250. The user menu, with «Connect to Claude».
  1. 1
    Connect to Claude opens the connector page.
The connector page as seen by the traffic manager: what Claude can do for her and how to connect it. 1234
Figure 251. The connector page as seen by the traffic manager: what Claude can do for her and how to connect it.
  1. 1
    What Claude can do for you, according to your profile: query, make changes, see revenue, all branches.
  2. 2
    What it can do and example questions for your profile.
  3. 3
    How to connect it: in Claude, Settings → Connectors → Add custom connector, with the name and server address; Claude opens a FleetPilot page to sign in with your user (or paste a key).
  4. 4
    This chapter of the manual.

Further down, the same page has your keys (create one, see the ones you have, revoke them) and your activity: each tool Claude has used on your behalf, with its detail, when and its result. The administrator sees everyone's in Users → Claude.

#How to connect it

How to connect Claude with your FleetPilot user
  1. In Claude (web, desktop or mobile): Settings → Connectors → Add custom connector.

  2. Name: FleetPilot. Server address: the one shown on the connector page (ending in /mcp).

  3. Tap Connect: a FleetPilot page opens; sign in with your username and password (or paste a fleetpilot_… key) and allow access.

  4. In a chat, turn on FleetPilot in the tools menu and ask.

Claude works with FleetPilot with your permissions. On business plans, an owner can add the connector for the whole organisation; then each person connects it with their own user.

In Claude Code (the terminal), with a key: the connector page shows the command to add it (claude mcp add --transport http fleetpilot …) with the header Authorization: Bearer fleetpilot_…. Keys are stored only as a fingerprint (they cannot be viewed again) and are revoked with a button; once revoked, Claude can no longer get in.

#What it can do

The connector offers Claude tools, and only those your profile can use:

To… Tools
Know who you are and what you see quien_soy
Search and look things up buscar, ficha, consultar (the views of your sections), esquema, panel, resumen_del_dia, avisos, informes
Create, change and delete crear, modificar, eliminar (only what the app allows to be deleted)
Attribution quien_conducia: who had the car at a given moment and why
Operations cuadrante, asignar, ausencia, reserva, incidencia, vehiculo
Finance produccion, nomina_prevista, liquidacion_titular, gasto
Control caducidades, cumplimiento, discrepancias, multas, verificar_facturas, verificar_jornada
Integrations integraciones: see their status and request a sync or a test

It also comes with seven ready-made prompts: the daily summary, a vehicle's status, who was driving, fines to identify, the week's production, closing payroll and an owner's settlement. Business errors («the car belongs to another owner», «MOT expired», «the driver is already working that day»…) reach Claude explained, just as in the app.

#What it never does

#Tips

  • Ask as you would ask a colleague: Claude searches by number plate, code, number or name, with or without accents.
  • Ask it to show you before changing: «propose the assignment and do not make it until I say so».
  • Revoke the key of a computer you no longer use.

Appendices

Simulated integrations

FleetPilot's connections with the platforms, telematics, cards, the DGT, the VTC service register, the tax agency, banks and other services: what each one brings, whether it is ready to connect for real or pending development, and how to switch it to live.

Who uses it: The administrator; traffic and administration to syncAccess: Settings → Integrations (administrator); syncing and testing, «Sync»

FleetPilot connects with many third-party services. In the demo, every integration runs in simulated mode: a service of its own (the connectors service) generates responses with the exact shape of each provider's real API, with the demo's fictitious data, and passes them through the same ingestion live mode would use. So what you see in Production, Fuel cards, Fines or the Live map is what you would see with real data. Each integration has its slot in Settings → Integrations for the real credentials.

Availability What it means
Real connection ready There is public documentation (or the shape is known from real use) and the adapter is written to it; it remains to be validated with the client's credentials.
Pending development There is no public documentation (partners only or no API): it is simulated, its file can be imported (CSV or Excel) and the real adapter will be built with the provider.

#An integration's record

The Bolt fleet API integration, in simulated mode. 123456
Figure 252. The Bolt fleet API integration, in simulated mode.
  1. 1
    Category, name, mode (simulated) and provider.
  2. 2
    Sync now and Test connection (also with «Sync»).
  3. 3
    Summary, Credentials (administrator only; stored encrypted) and Runs with their result, request and response.
  4. 4
    What it brings and its actual availability (here, shape known from real use: validate with the client's credentials).
  5. 5
    The mode: simulated (sample responses with the API's exact shape), live or disabled. In the public demo it cannot be switched to live.
  6. 6
    What it does: availability, what it brings, authentication, file import and the provider's documentation; further down, the schedule and the last sync.

Ride-hailing platforms

Integration What it brings Availability Where you see it
Bolt Fleet Integration API Trips (price, commission, net, tip, toll), drivers, vehicles; fare adjustments Ready Production
Bolt Fleet Owner Portal Hours online, acceptance, rating Pending Production, Working time
Uber Supplier Platform Drivers, vehicles, metrics, payments, reports Ready Production
Cabify (fleet), FREENOW by Lyft, taxi dispatch radios Services and settlements Pending (import of their files) Production

Telematics and connected vehicles

Integration What it brings Availability Where you see it
Wialon (Gurtam), MyGeotab, Samsara, Webfleet Positions, journeys with km, odometer, events Ready Live map, Discrepancies, Vehicles
Tesla Fleet API, Smartcar Vehicle data, battery, charging, odometer Ready Vehicles, Fuel cards

Fuel, charging and tolls

Integration What it brings Availability Where you see it
Moeve, Shell B2B Refuels and priced transactions Ready Fuel cards
Solred, Galp, DKV, Via-T, charging operators Transactions, tolls, charging sessions Pending (import) Fuel cards
Ministry fuel prices Price per station (reference for anomalies) Ready (public) Fuel cards

Fines and public bodies

Integration What it does Availability Where you see it
GestionMultas · Multayuda Fines, procedures and their PDFs Ready Fines
DGT · DEV / DEHú Fine notifications Pending (registration and certificate) Fines
DGT · regular driver Registration of the regular driver Ready Fines, Drivers
VTC service notification register Registration, start, change and cancellation of each service Ready (public WSDL; prior registration) Bookings
AEAT · VeriFactu Register of chained invoices and its queries Ready Invoicing

Banking, accounting, people and others

Integration What it does Availability Where you see it
Tink, GoCardless (open banking) Account movements Ready Cash, Production
Holded Invoices, expenses and contacts Ready Invoicing, Expenses
A3, Sage Export for the payroll agency Pending (files) Payroll
Factorial, Sesame Employees and clock-ins Ready Working time
Signaturit Signing contracts and declarations Ready Drivers
WhatsApp Cloud API, Twilio, email (SMTP) Notifications to drivers and the daily summary Ready Notifications
Claude (Anthropic) with vision Reading receipts and invoices, damage in inspection photos Ready Expenses, Workshop
Traka Key withdrawals and returns Ready Rota
Time stamping Time stamps for working-time exports and the invoice register Ready Working time, Invoicing
How to switch an integration to live
  1. Get the credentials from the provider (and, for public-body services, the electronic certificate .p12 or .pfx with its password).

  2. In Settings → Integrations, open the integration and go to Credentials: fill them in and save.

  3. Tap Test connection. If it responds correctly, change the mode to Live.

  4. Check the first run and its result; adjust the schedule if needed.

Data arrives from the provider and goes through the same ingestion as in simulated mode. In the public demo it cannot be switched to live.

Appendices

Regulations

The rules FleetPilot enforces or reminds you of —VTC licences, service notification, Madrid and Catalonia, taxi, MOT, fines, environmental labels, working time and collective agreement, insurance, VAT and VeriFactu, data protection—, with their article and the chapter where they appear.

Who uses it: Management, HR, traffic, the payroll agency and the auditorAccess: reference

These are the regulations FleetPilot enforces (it does not allow something) or reminds you of (it warns), checked against the official texts (BOE, BOCM, DOGC, the websites of the Ministry of Transport, the DGT and the Community of Madrid, EUR-Lex and the AEPD) on 10 October 2026. FleetPilot helps you comply and keeps a record: it does not replace legal advice or checking each case.

#VTC licences

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Vehicle with up to 9 seats including the driver, engine of at least 12 CVF (fiscal horsepower) and 4.60 m long (unless it runs on electricity, hydrogen, biofuels, natural gas, LPG or another alternative energy) ROTT (RD 1211/1990) art. 181.2 Vehicles: vehicle requirements
Maximum age of 10 years from first registration (unless 28 CVF or more) ROTT art. 181.2 Vehicles
The licence must always have a vehicle assigned; without one, 2 months to remedy it LOTT art. 99.4 · Order FOM/36/2008 Licences
Two-yearly endorsement; if a requirement is missing, 10 days to prove it ROTT art. 42 · Order FOM/36/2008 art. 16 Licences
Services must start in the region of the licence (except pre-booked pick-ups at ports and airports); starting elsewhere is very serious (€1,001–2,000) LOTT arts. 91, 140.39.1 and 143.1.g Bookings
Only with a service contracted in advance; cruising for clients is forbidden ROTT art. 182.1 Bookings
Liability for damage to passengers ROTT art. 182.6 Insurance

#VTC service notification

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Before starting each service, notify it electronically (hiring company and tax ID, intermediary, place and time of contract and start, end and number plate), with no passenger data RD 785/2021 arts. 1 and 2 Bookings → VTC register
The Ministry's SOAP web service (AltaDeServicio, InicioDeServicio, ModificacionDeServicio, AnulacionDeServicio, ConsultaDeServicio) DGTT Resolution of 26-10-2021 Simulated integrations
Starting a service without notifying it: very serious offence (€1,001–2,000) LOTT art. 140.39.2 Bookings

#Community of Madrid and Catalonia

Rule Source In FleetPilot
At least 75 % of licences with drivers registered with Social Security; passenger liability; two-yearly endorsement Decree 5/2024 art. 2 Compliance
With 10 or more licences, progressively add adapted (PRM) vehicles up to 1 in 10 from 1-1-2025 Decree 5/2024 arts. 2.4 and 4.5 Compliance, My investment
ECO or ZERO environmental label; label C remains valid until 31-12-2027 for cars already assigned Decree 5/2024 art. 4.4 and 3rd transitional provision · Decree 59/2026 Vehicles
Route sheet if a service cannot be notified, kept for 1 year Decree 5/2024 art. 8 Bookings
New VTC plates with a serial number; the old ones are valid until 3-11-2026 Decree 59/2026 Licences, My shift
VTC driver permit (5 years), compulsory from ≈ 2-10-2026 Order of 28-3-2025 · Decree 5/2024 art. 3 Drivers
Catalonia: vehicle of 4.90 m with label 0 or ECO, €50 M liability, 15 minutes minimum pre-booking DL 9/2022 arts. 4 and 7 Vehicles, Bookings

#Taxi in Madrid

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Maximum 15 licences per holder; vehicle up to 10 years old Decree 74/2005 arts. 10 and 20 Licences, Vehicles
Employed drivers at least as many as active licences Decree 74/2005 art. 32 Compliance
Municipal driver permit Decree 74/2005 arts. 30-31 Drivers
Annual taximeter verification (and after a fare change) Decree 74/2005 art. 27 · Order ICT/155/2020 Vehicles, Licences

#MOT (ITV)

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Taxis: yearly up to 5 years old and every six months from 5 years RD 920/2017 art. 6.1 Vehicles: Record MOT
VTC: the general table for cars (exempt up to 4 years, two-yearly from 4 to 10, yearly from 10); FleetPilot uses the date on the MOT card and only suggests the frequency RD 920/2017 art. 6.1 (to be confirmed with the DGT) Vehicles

#Fines: identifying the driver

Rule Source In FleetPilot
The vehicle holder identifies the driver (with their licence); with a regular driver notified, the obligation passes to them Traffic Act (RDLeg 6/2015) art. 11 Fines
Deadline of 20 calendar days from notification art. 93.1 Fines
Failing to identify: very serious, double or triple the fine, with no reduction arts. 77.j, 80.2.b and 93.2 Fines
Early payment: 50 % off within 20 calendar days arts. 94 and 95.1 Fines
DEV (electronic road address): a notification not opened within 10 days counts as rejected; compulsory for companies art. 90 Fines, Simulated integrations

#Environmental labels

ZERO: battery electric, extended-range, plug-in hybrids with 40 km or more of range and fuel cell. ECO: plug-in hybrids under 40 km, hybrids, natural gas and LPG. C: petrol Euro 4, 5 and 6 and diesel Euro 6. B: petrol Euro 3 and diesel Euro 4 and 5 (General Vehicle Regulation, annex II E). The exceptions for taxi and VTC in Madrid's ZBE (low-emission zone) (Bylaw 2/2026) are pending verification.

#Working time and collective agreement

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Daily working-time record with start and end, kept for 4 years; 12 h between working days Workers' Statute (ET) art. 34.9 and 34.3 Working time, My shift
Effective working time and attendance time, maximum total working day, rest between working days, breaks of 30 and 45 min RD 1561/1995 arts. 8, 9, 10 and 10 bis Working time
Madrid VTC collective agreement: 1,776 h a year, 12 h between working days, base salary of €1,236.12 (2026), allowances; productivity agreements (art. 26) Agreement 28103225012022 (BOCM 24-8-2024) Payroll
2026 minimum wage: €1,221 a month RD 126/2026 Payroll

#Insurance

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Compulsory insurance: €70 M for personal injury and €15 M for property damage RDLeg 8/2004 arts. 2 and 4.2 Insurance
The SOV is not required for vehicles with fewer than 9 seats: passenger liability covers passengers RD 1575/1989 art. 11 · ROTT art. 182.6 Insurance

#VAT and invoicing

Rule Source In FleetPilot
VAT on passenger transport: 10 % Law 37/1992 art. 91.One.2.1º Invoicing, Production
VeriFactu: compulsory from 1-1-2027 (corporate income tax payers) and 1-7-2027 (everyone else) RD 1007/2023 4th final provision · Order HAC/1177/2024 Invoicing

#Data protection

Rule Source In FleetPilot
Geolocation: only for employment control, informing beforehand; not outside working time LOPDGDD art. 90 · AEPD guide Live map, My shift, Settings → Legal notices
Video surveillance: prior information; images deleted within 1 month LOPDGDD arts. 89 and 22.3 Legal notices
The works council knows the parameters of algorithms ET art. 64.4.d Discrepancies → Risk
Sex offences certificate (criminal-record data): only its date GDPR art. 10 Drivers
Personal injury and sick leave (health data), with their own permission GDPR art. 9 Claims, Drivers
People's rights: answer within one month, extendable by two more GDPR arts. 12.3 and 15 to 22 Compliance → Data protection
Retention: working time 4 years; employment records 4; tax records 4; books and invoices 6; geolocation, only as needed GDPR art. 5.1.e · ET 34.9 · LGSS 21 · LGT 66 · Commercial Code 30 Compliance

#Platforms

Lyft completed its purchase of FREENOW on 31-7-2025: the brand is FREENOW by Lyft.

Appendices

Glossary

The acronyms and terms of the trade and of FleetPilot, with a short definition and the chapter where they appear.

Who uses it: EveryoneAccess: reference

#Acronyms

Acronym What it is Where it appears
AEAT Spanish State Tax Administration Agency Invoicing
AEPD Spanish Data Protection Agency Compliance
CCC Social Security employer account code Owners
CSV Secure verification code returned by the AEAT when it accepts a record (and, in exports, a comma-separated values file) Invoicing
CVF Fiscal horsepower: the engine's tax rating (a VTC car needs at least 12) Vehicles
DAA Joint accident report («parte amistoso») Claims
DEV Electronic road address: the DGT mailbox where fine notifications arrive Fines
DGT Spanish Directorate-General for Traffic Fines, Vehicles
ET Workers' Statute Working time
IRPF Personal income tax: the payslip withholding Payroll
IT Temporary incapacity: sick leave Rota, Drivers
ITV Vehicle technical inspection (the Spanish MOT) Vehicles
IVA Value added tax, VAT (10 % for passenger transport) Invoicing, Production
LOPDGDD Spanish Organic Law on Data Protection and digital rights Compliance, Live map
LOTT Spanish Land Transport Act Licences
NAF Worker's Social Security number Drivers
NIF / NIE Tax identification number / foreign national identity number Drivers, Owners
PMR (PRM) Person with reduced mobility: a PRM-adapted vehicle can carry a wheelchair Vehicles, Compliance
PRL Occupational risk prevention Drivers
RC Civil liability: compulsory liability (damage to third parties) and passenger liability (damage to passengers) Insurance
RD In FleetPilot, a debt acknowledgement: the document in which a driver acknowledges a debt (damage, a fine) to be deducted in instalments; in legal texts, a royal decree Claims
RGPD (GDPR) General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) Compliance
ROTT Regulation implementing the Land Transport Act Vehicles, Licences
SHA-256 The algorithm used to calculate the fingerprint of a clock-in, an invoice or a signed document Working time, Invoicing
SMI Spanish minimum wage Payroll
SOV Compulsory passenger insurance (only for 9 seats or more) Insurance
VTC Vehículo de turismo con conductor: a private hire car with driver, booked in advance through a platform or directly Throughout the manual
ZBE Low-emission zone Live map, Regulations

#Terms

Term What it is Where it appears
Access profile A user's set of permissions (Gerencia, Jefe de tráfico, Recursos humanos…) Users
Assignment A regular driver of a car on a shift, from a date, with their day off Rota
Attribution The rule by which each trip, refuel, journey or fine is attributed to whoever had the car at that moment (the day's cover, otherwise the shift assignment) Production
Average cost The price of a spare part in the store, weighted with each delivery: the cost at which it goes out to the orders Workshop
Bay A place in the in-house workshop where work is done at the same time (lift, pit, alignment rig): one column of the appointment diary Workshop
Branch One of the fleet manager's offices (Madrid, Málaga): each user sees their own Profiles, permissions and branches
Car assignment to a licence The car registered on a VTC licence or taxi licence Licences
Cash on hand What a driver has collected by hand and not yet handed in Cash
Claim An accident or damage with its insurance file Claims
Collective agreement The collective agreement for VTC drivers in the Community of Madrid Payroll
Commission What the platform keeps from each trip Production
Cover Who covers a shift on a particular day (a relief driver replacing a day off or an absence); it overrides the assignment Rota
Day off A regular driver's weekly rest day Rota
Discrepancy Something that does not add up when cross-checking data (km without trips, odd refuels, cash not deposited…) Discrepancies
Driving event A harsh acceleration, harsh braking, harsh cornering or speeding recorded by telematics; it is out of range if it exceeds the company threshold Live map
Endorsement The two-yearly review of a VTC licence Licences
Excess The part of the damage paid by the insured in a claim Insurance, Claims
Fare adjustment A price change to a trip already made, applied by the platform afterwards Production
Fingerprint chain Each clock-in or invoice stores the fingerprint of its data and the previous one's: if anyone changed one, the chain would break Working time, Invoicing
Fleet manager The company that manages the owners' cars and drivers (in the demo, Alcora Movilidad) Introduction
g Acceleration compared with gravity (normal braking is around 0.2–0.3 g): it measures harsh acceleration, braking and cornering Live map
In-house workshop The fleet manager's own workshop, with its bays, mechanics, appointment diary and spare parts store Workshop
Inspection (peritaje) The check of the car with guided photos at hand-over, return or after damage Workshop
Labour entry What a mechanic of the in-house workshop records on an order: the task and its hours, which add up to the labour cost Workshop
Loss of earnings What a car stops producing while off road after a claim Claims
Management fee What the fleet manager charges each owner per month (fixed per car or a percentage) Owners
Minimum stock The stock level below which a spare part raises an alert and goes into the order proposal Workshop
Municipal permit The city council's licence to drive a taxi Drivers
Net What the platform pays after its commission (excluding tips) Production
Owner Whoever provides the car and the licence and hires the drivers (self-employed or a company) Owners
Productivity agreement The agreement that sets the driver's variable pay on their turnover (collective agreement, art. 26) Payroll
Reconciliation Matching a bank movement with what it should be (a cash deposit, a platform payout) or an issuer's invoice with its transactions Cash, Fuel cards
Recovery What the insurer recovers from the other party in a claim where they were at fault Claims
Relief driver A driver without a regular car who covers days off and absences, by day or by night Rota
Route The path a car followed during a trip according to telematics, point by point Live map
Settlement An owner's monthly account: net revenue − costs − management fee Owners, My investment
Shift The time slot in which a car works (day, night…) Rota
Taximeter The device that calculates the fare in a taxi; it is verified every year Vehicles
Variable pay The part of the payslip that depends on the driver's turnover Payroll, My shift
VeriFactu The AEAT invoicing system with chained records Invoicing
VTC driver permit The Community of Madrid qualification to drive a VTC car (5 years) Drivers
VTC plate The sticker that identifies a VTC car in Madrid (the 2016 model or the new 2026 one) Licences

#Platforms

Platform What it is
Uber, Bolt, Cabify Ride-hailing apps the fleet manager's cars work with
FREENOW by Lyft Taxi and VTC app (Lyft bought FREENOW in 2025)
Dispatch radio The radio or app of a taxi association (Radio Taxi, PideTaxi…)
Street hails Fares a taxi picks up at a rank or by hand signal
Direct services The fleet manager's business-client bookings (Bookings)